Specification Book - Bid Express Secure Internet Bidding

advertisement

Burton Memorial Coliseum

Upgrades & Improvements

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury

PO Drawer 3287

Lake Charles, LA 70602

PROJECT MANUAL (REBID)

Bid # DB-2015-FM-174

Project No. MA1313

August 2015

3221 Ryan Street, Suite B

Lake Charles, LA 70601

Phone (337)-433-8166

Fax (337)-433-8167 dmoss@mossarchitects.com richardsteen@mossarchitects.com ravelle@mossarchitects.com kyle@mossarchitects.com marieg@mossarchitects.com

CHARLES LADNER & ASSOCIATES

STRUCTURAL ENGINEER

5393 Big Lake Road

Lake Charles, LA 70605

Phone (337) 478-2222

Fax (337) 478-2150

ASSOCIATED DESIGN GROUP

MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEER

3909 West Congress Street, Suite 201

Lafayette, LA 70506

Phone (337) 234-5710

Fax (337) 237-1467

SCHULER SHOOK

THEATRE PLANNERS

325 North Saint Paul, Suite 3250

Dallas, TX 75201

Phone (214) 747-8300

Fax (214) 747-8400

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC Page 1 of 2

DIVISION 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS

Advertisement for Bids

Instructions to Bidders

Insurance Requirements

Scope of Work

Bid Form

Bid Bond Form

Subcontractor Listing

Contractor's Compliance Certificate on State & Local Residency Requirements

Contractor's Compliance Certificate on Electrical Subcontractors

Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder

Affidavit (RS 38:2224, 2190, 2290-2296)

Attestation Clause (RS 38:2227)

Affidavit (RS 38:2212.10(c))

State & Local Residency Requirements Form

Electrical Subcontractors Certification Form

General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201-2007

Supplementary Conditions

Contract Form

Performance and Payment Bond Form

Louisiana Department of Revenue Form R-1020

Change Order Form

Change Order Summary Form

Change Order Breakdown Form

Recommendation of Acceptance Form

Beneficial Occupancy Form

Special Provisions

DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

012100

012300

013100

Allowances

Alternates

Project Management and Coordination

013300

014200

015000

017200

017300

017700

Submittals

References

Temporary Facilities and Controls

Project Record Documents

Execution

Closeout Procedures

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT

116133 Motor Control, Chain Hoists

DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION

210000 Fire Protection General Provisions

211100 Fire Protection Piping

211319 Sprinkler Systems

213113 Fire Pumps

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

260500 Electrical General Provisions

260519 Wires and Cables

260526 Grounding

260533 Raceways

260534 Electrical Boxes and Fittings

260553 Electrical Identification

262726 Wiring Devices

262816 Circuit and Motor Disconnects

DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS

274100 Audio System

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 2 of 2

ADVERTISEMENT

The Parish Purchasing Agent, on behalf of the Police Jury of Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana, does hereby advertise for sealed bids and will open same on:

1.

Wednesday, September 23, 2015.

2.

At the Office of the Parish Purchasing Agent on the second floor of the Parish Government

Building, Post Office Drawer 3287, 1015 Pithon Street, Lake Charles, Louisiana, 70602, at the hour of 2:00 p.m. Central Time Zone

3.

For the Burton Memorial Coliseum - Upgrades & Improvements (Bid #DB-2015-FM-174).

4.

Contract documents, including drawings and technical specifications, are on file at the office of Moss Architects, Inc., or by calling 337/433-8166. Access to electronic bidding is available through www.cppj.net

. Complete Bidding Documents for this project are available in electronic form via email, or a CD and may be obtained without charge and/or deposit. Printed copies are not available from the Designer but arrangements can be made to obtain them through most reprographic firms. Plan holders are responsible for their own reproduction costs.

5.

Preference is given to materials, supplies, and provisions that are produced, manufactured, or grown in Louisiana, quality being equal to articles offered by competitors outside the

State.

6.

All bids must be accompanied by bid security equal to five percent (5%) of the sum of the base bid and all alternates, and must be in the form of a certified check or cashier’s check drawn on a bank insured by the FDIC, or a Calcasieu Parish Police Jury Bid Bond Form contained in contract documents, shall be written by a surety or insurance company currently on the U.S. Department of the Treasury Financial Management Service list of approved bonding companies which is published annually in the Federal Register, or by a

Louisiana domiciled insurance company with at least an A- rating in the latest printing of the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide to write individual bonds up to ten percent of policyholders' surplus as shown in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide or by an insurance company in good standing licensed to write bid bonds which is either domiciled in

Louisiana or owned by Louisiana residents, all in accordance with LSA  R.S. 38:2218. No

Bid Bond indicating an obligation of less than five percent (5%) by any method is acceptable. If bid is submitted electronically, an electronic bid bond as described in LSA--

R.S. 38:2212 E.(1) per the standards adopted by the office of the governor, division of administration and the office of the information technology as provided for in LAC

4:XV.701 will be required.

7.

The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract amount, shall be written by a surety or insurance company currently on the U.S. Department of the Treasury Financial Management Service list of approved bonding companies which is published annually in the Federal Register, or

ADVERTISEMENT

Burton Memorial Coliseum - Upgrades & Improvements

(Bid # DB-2015-FM-174) Page 2 by a Louisiana domiciled insurance company with at least an A- rating in the latest printing of the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide to write individual bonds up to ten percent of policyholders' surplus as shown in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide or by an insurance company in good standing licensed to write bid bonds which is either domiciled in

Louisiana or owned by Louisiana residents, all in accordance with LSA  R.S. 38:2219.

8.

Bids shall be accepted only from contractors who are licensed under LSA  R.S. 37:2150-

2163 for the classification of “Building Construction.” No bid may be withdrawn for a period of forty-five (45) days after receipt of bids, except under the provisions of LSA  R.S.

38:2214.

9.

The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids for just cause as permitted by LA

R.S. 38:2214B. The ability of an Entity to reject any bid is applicable only when administered in accordance with the Public Bid Law. In accordance with LSA  R.S.

38:2212B.(1), the provisions and requirements of this Section, and those stated in the bidding documents shall not be waived by any entity.

10.

The public shall incur no obligation to the Contractor until the Contract between the Parish and the Contractor is fully executed.

11.

Official action on this bid will be taken within forty-five (45) days by the Calcasieu Parish

Police Jury, except as may be extended by mutual written consent with the lowest responsible bidder.

12.

All bids must be plainly marked and should contain the following on the outside of the envelope:

BID FOR “Burton Memorial Coliseum - Upgrades & Improvements

(Bid # DB-2015-FM-174)”

NICHOLAS E. HUNTER, President

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury

RUN: Lake Charles American Press – August 28, 2015

September 4, 2015

September 11, 2015

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

ARTICLE I

Definitions

1.1 The bidding documents include the following:

Front End Documents-Bid Packages for Construction

Advertisement for Bids

Instructions to Bidders

Insurance Requirements

Scope of Work

Louisiana Uniform Public Work Bid Form

Louisiana Uniform Public Work Unit Price Form

Bid Bond

Subcontractor Listing

Contractor Compliance Certificate on State & Local Residency Requirements

Contractor Compliance Certificate on Electrical Subcontractors

Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder

Affidavit (R.S. 38:2224 2190 2290-2296)

Attestation Form (R.S. 38:2227)

Affidavit Form (R.S.38:2212.10)

Monthly Form State & Local Residency Requirements

Monthly Form Electrical Subcontractors Certification

General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,

AIA Document A201-2007

Supplementary Conditions

Contract Form

Performance and Payment Bond Form

Louisiana Department of Revenue Form R-1020

Change Order Form

Recommendation of Acceptance Form

Beneficial Occupancy Form

Specifications

Drawings

Addenda issued during bid period and acknowledged in Bid Form

Special Provisions

Roofing Manufacturing Warranty & Approved Applicator Letter (if applicable)

Verification of Items in Supplementary Conditions

1.1.1 Forms turned in with the bid. The Bid Form and Bid Bond Form are the only forms that are turned in by the date and time specified.

1.1.2 Forms turned in within ten (10) days after the bid opening. The Subcontractor’s

Listing, the Contractor Compliance Certificate on State and Local Residency

Requirements, the Contractor Compliance Certificate on Electrical Subcontractors, the Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder, the Affidavit (LSA—

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 2

R.S. 38:2224 2190 2290-2296), Attestation Form (R.S. 38:2227), Affidavit Form (R.S.

38:2212.10), and the Roofing Manufacturing Warranty and Approved Applicator

Letter (if applicable). These forms can be sent to the Project Architect or Project

Engineer, on behalf of the Police Jury.

1.2 All definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for

Construction, AIA Document A201-2007, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents.

1.3 Addenda are written on graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the opening of bids which modify or interpret the bidding documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, corrections, and prior approvals.

1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed bid to do the work or designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated therein supported by data called for by the Bidding Documents.

1.5 Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the work described as the Base, to which work may be added for sums stated in

Alternate Bids.

1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an item on the bid form that may either increase or decrease the quantity of work or change the type of work within the scope of the project, material, or equipment specified in the bidding documents or both.

1.7 A Unit Price Form shall be used if the contract includes unit prices and will be made a part of the bid documents, if applicable.

1.8 A Bidder is one who submits a bid for a prime contract with the Owner for the work described in the proposed contract documents.

1.9 A Sub-Bidder is one who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials and/or labor for a portion of the work.

1.10 Where the word “Architect” is used in any of the Documents, it shall refer to the

Prime Designer of the project, an Architect or Engineer.

1.11 The executed Contract between the parties shall include all plans, specifications, instructions, general conditions, any addenda issued, and the proposal, including alternates, unit prices, and allowances (if applicable) of the bid.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 3

ARTICLE II

Bidder’s Representation

2.1 Each Bidder by making his bid represents that:

2.1.1 He has read and understands the Bidding Documents and his bid is made in accordance therewith.

2.1.2 He has visited the site and has familiarized himself with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed.

2.1.3 His bid is based upon the materials, systems, and equipment described in the

Bidding Documents as advertised and as modified by Addenda.

2.2 The Bidder must be fully qualified under any state or local licensing law for

Contractors in effect at the time and at the location of the work before submitting his bid. In the State of Louisiana, Revised Statutes 37:2150 et.seq. will be considered, if applicable. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining that all of his Sub-Bidders or prospective Subcontractors are duly licensed in accordance with law.

ARTICLE III

Bidding Documents

3.1 Copies

3.1.1

Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Architect for a deposit as stated in the Advertisement for Bids. The deposit will be refunded as stated in the

Advertisement for Bids. No deposits will be refunded on Bidding Documents returned later than ten (10) days after receipt of Bids.

3.1.2

Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing bids; neither the

Owner nor the Architect assumes any responsibility for errors of misinterpretation resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding

Documents.

3.1.3

In accordance with LSA  R.S. 38:2214 E., Public entities shall provide, as an additional bidding option, a uniform and secure electronic interactive system for the submittal of bids for public works requiring competitive bidding. The

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury has implemented the procedures related to this requirement that electronic bidding be an option for contractors to submit bids on all parish projects.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 4

3.1.4

The Owner or Architect, in making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids on the work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.

3.2 Interpretation or correction of Bidding Documents.

3.2.1 Bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions.

3.2.2 Bidders, requiring clarification or interpretation of Bidding Documents, shall make a written request to the Architect to reach him at least seven days prior to the date of receipt of bids.

3.2.3 Any interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections or changes of the Bidding

Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, corrections or changes.

3.3 Substitutions

3.3.1 The materials, products, and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance, and quality to be met by any proposed substitution.

3.3.2 No substitution will be considered unless written request for approval has been submitted by the Proposer and has been received by the Architect no later than seven (7) working days prior to the date for receipt of bids. Each such request shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitute including model numbers, drawings, cuts, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth any changes in other materials, equipment or work that incorporation of the substitute would require shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitute is upon the Proposer. The Architect’s decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final.

3.3.3 If the Architect approves any proposed substitution, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 5

3.4 Addenda

3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the Architect to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents.

3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding

Documents are on file for that purpose.

3.4.3 Addenda shall not be issued within a period of seventy-two (72) hours prior to the advertised time for the opening bids, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and any other legal holidays; however, if the necessity arises to issue an addendum modifying plans and specifications within the seventy-two (72) hour period prior to the advertised time for the opening of bids, then the opening of bids shall be extended exactly one week, without the requirement of re-advertising. The

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury shall be consulted prior to the issuance of such an

Addendum, and shall approve such issuance.

3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain from the Architect prior to submitting his bid that he has received all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt on the

Bid Form.

ARTICLE IV

Bidding Procedures

4.1 Form and Style of Bids.

4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided by the Architect.

4.1.2 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink or electronically, if requested.

4.1.3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the written words shall govern.

4.1.4 Any interlineations, alteration or erasure must be initialed by the signer of the

Bid or his authorized representative.

4.1.5 Bidders are cautioned to complete all Alternates or Unit Prices should such be required in the Bid Form. Failure to submit alternate prices will render the bid informal and may cause its rejection.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 6

4.1.6 Bidder shall make no additional stipulation on this Bid Form nor qualify his Bid in any other manner.

4.1.7 The bidding documents shall only require the following information at the time designated in the advertisement for bid opening: Bid Security or Bid Bond,

Acknowledgment of Addenda, Base Bid, Alternates, Signature of Bidder, Name,

Title, and Address of Bidder, Name of Firm or Joint Venture, Corporate

Resolution or written evidence of the authority of the person signing the bid and

Louisiana Contractors License Number, and unit price information on public works projects where required. Written evidence of authority of the person signing the bid for public works shall be submitted at the time of bidding.

Written evidence of authority and all supporting documents detailed in R.S.

38:2212 (5).

4.1.8 On any Bid in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), the Contractor shall certify that he is licensed under R.S. 37:2150-2163 and show his license number on the Bid above his signature of his duly authorized representative.

4.2 Bid Security

4.2.1 All bids must be accompanied by bid security equal to five percent (5%) of the sum of the base bid and all alternates, and must be in the form of certified check or cashier’s check drawn on a bank insured by the FDIC, or a Police Jury Bid

Bond Form contained in contract documents, shall be written by a surety or insurance company currently on the U.S. Department of the Treasury Financial

Management Service list of approved bonding companies which is published annually in the Federal Register, or by a Louisiana domiciled insurance company with at least an A- rating in the latest printing of the A.M. Best's Key Rating

Guide to write individual bonds up to ten percent of policyholders' surplus as shown in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide or by an insurance company in good standing licensed to write bid bonds which is either domiciled in Louisiana or owned by Louisiana residents. No Bid Bond indicating an obligation of less than five percent (5%) by any method is acceptable.

Bid security furnished by the Contractor shall guarantee that the Contractor will, if awarded the work according to the terms of his bid, enter into the Contract and furnish the Performance and Payment Bonds as required by these Contract

Documents, within fifteen (15) days after written notice that the instrument is ready for signature.

Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as penalty.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 7

4.2.2 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn, or (c) all bids have been rejected.

4.3 Submission of Bids

4.3.1 Electronic Submission. In accordance with LSA  R.S. 38:2214 E., Public entities shall provide, as an additional bidding option, a uniform and secure electronic interactive system for the submittal of bids for public works requiring competitive bidding. The Calcasieu Parish Police Jury has implemented the procedures related to this requirement that electronic bidding be an option for contractors to submit bids on all parish projects.

4.3.2 Bids shall be sealed in an opaque envelope and will be received until the time specified and at the place specified in the Advertisement for Bids. It shall be the specific responsibility of the Bidder to deliver his sealed bid to Calcasieu Parish

Police Jury at the appointed place and prior to the announced time for the opening of bids. Late delivery of a bid for any reason, including late delivery by

U. S. Mail, or express delivery, shall disqualify the bid. The bid envelope shall be identified on the outside with the name of project, and name, address, and license number of the Bidder.

If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation “Bid Enclosed” on the face thereof. Such bids shall be sent by Registered or Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested, addressed to Post Office Drawer 3287, Lake Charles, LA 70602-3287.

Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time on the date for receipt of bids indicated in the Advertisement for Bids, or an extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened.

Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at location designated for receipt of bids.

Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids or modifications to bids, with the exception of the electronic procedures provided for herein, are invalid and will not receive consideration. Owner will not consider notation written on outside of Bid

Envelope which has the effect of amending the Bid.

4.4 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 8

4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the time stipulated in the Advertisement for Bids, for the period following the time and bid date designated for the receipt of bids, and Bidder so agrees in submitting his bid, except in accordance with LSA  R.S. 38:2214 C., which states, in part, Bids containing patently obvious mechanical, clerical or mathematical errors may be withdrawn by the Contractor, if clear and convincing sworn, written evidence of such errors is furnished to the public entity within forty-eight hours of the bid opening excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays.

4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, Bids submitted early may be modified or withdrawn only by notice to the party receiving bids at the place and prior to the time designated for receipt of bids.

4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of

Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to

Bidders.

4.4.4 Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted.

ARTICLE V

Consideration of Bids

5.1 Opening of Bids

5.1.1 The properly identified bids received on time will be opened publicly and read aloud, and a tabulation abstract of the amounts of the Base Bid and any

Alternates and/or unit prices, if applicable, will be made available to Bidders.

5.2 Rejection of Bids

5.2.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids for just cause as permitted by

LA R.S. 38:2214 (B). The ability of an Entity to reject any bid is applicable only when administered in accordance with the Public Bid Law. In accordance with

LSA  R.S. 38:2212 B.(1), the provisions and requirements of this Section and those stated in the bid documents shall not be waived by any entity.

The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all bids and in particular to reject a Bid not accompanied by any required bid security or data required by the Bidding

Documents or a Bid in any way incomplete or irregular.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 9

5.3 Acceptance of Bid

5.3.1 Determination of the low bidder shall be on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. The Owner reserves the right to accept Alternates in any order, which does not affect determination of the lower Bidder.

5.3.2 It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsible Bidder in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, and if the bid does not exceed the funds available.

ARTICLE VI

Post Bid Information

6.1 Forms required within ten (10) days after the bid opening.

6.1.1 The apparent low bidder shall submit to the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, or the

Project Architect or Project Engineer, on behalf of the Calcasieu Parish Police

Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening, a list of all Subcontractors or other persons or organizations (if any) proposed for the principal portions of the work. Also, the Contractor shall provide a designation of the work to be performed by the Contractor with his own forces.

6.1.2 See enclosed Subcontractor’s Listing Form. The specifications on projects of public improvement shall set forth those categories of subcontractors whose names must be submitted and shall provide that no subcontractor whose name has not been included on the list submitted by the apparent low bidder to the

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, or the Project Architect or Project Engineer, on behalf of the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening, may be engaged in connection with the project as bid or perform work in connection therewith unless any change or modification has been approved by the Police Jury, or unless the general contractor has submitted to the Police Jury an affidavit in the appropriate format certifying that he has entered into bona fide written contracts with the listed subcontractors. In the latter case, Police

Jury approval of any modification will not be required, but notice of the change must be given to the Police Jury prior to the actual change.

6.1.3 In addition to the list of names of subcontractors submitted in conjunction with a project of public improvement, the subcontractor’s license number and federal identification number shall also be provided.

6.1.4 See enclosed Contractor Compliance Certificate on State & Local Residency

Requirements. There shall be a requirement that not less than eighty percent

(80%) of the persons employed in fulfilling of this contract be residents of the

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 10

State of Louisiana. In addition, there shall be a requirement that not less than fifty percent (50%) of the persons employed in fulfilling of this contract be residents of Calcasieu Parish in accordance with LA  R.S. 38:2225.1 B. (1) and (2).

The Calcasieu Parish Police Jury further requests that not less than eighty percent

(80%) of the persons employed in fulfilling of this contract be residents of

Calcasieu Parish. This form shall be executed and submitted to the Calcasieu

Parish Police Jury, or the Project Architect or Project Engineer, on behalf of the

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening by the apparent low bidder.

6.1.5 See enclosed Contractor Compliance Certificate on Electrician Subcontractors.

There shall be a requirement that any party bidding to perform electrical work of any nature under this contract shall not be deemed a “responsible bidder” unless it certifies that it will employ electricians on the project(s) in question who are certified as participating in a program of training and education or as having successfully completed such programs that are conducted or supervised by the

National Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee of the Electrical Industry and the Louisiana Department of Labor, Office of Regulatory Services, Labor

Programs Section, Apprenticeship Division. The electrical sub-contractor shall provide through the general contractor on a monthly basis a signed certificate on a form provided by the Parish verifying compliance with the provisions of this section. This form shall be executed and submitted to the Calcasieu Parish Police

Jury, or the Project Architect or Project Engineer, on behalf of the Calcasieu

Parish Police Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening by the apparent low bidder.

6.1.6 See enclosed Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder. The apparent low bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder, and it must be submitted to the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, or the Project Architect or Project

Engineer, on behalf of the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening.

6.1.7 See enclosed Affidavit (RS 38:2224, 2190, 2290-2296). The apparent low bidder shall execute an affidavit, in accordance with LSA—R.S. 38:2290-2296 as amended, to the effect that he has not entered in to a collusive agreement with any other person, firm or corporation in regard to any bid submitted to the

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, or the Project Architect or Project Engineer, on behalf of the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening.

6.1.8 See enclosed Attestation Form (R.S.38:2227). The apparent low bidder shall execute an attestation, in accordance with LSA—R.S. 38:2227 to the effect that he has have past criminal convictions and it must be submitted to the Calcasieu

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 11

Parish Police Jury, or the Project Architect or Project Engineer, on behalf of the

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening.

6.1.9 See enclosed Affidavit Form (RS 38:2222.10). The apparent low bidder shall execute an affidavit, in accordance with LSA—R.S. 38:2222.10 (C). that he is registered and participates in a status verification system, that he shall continue during the term of the contract, and shall require all subcontractors to submit a sworn affidavit verifying compliance. This form must be submitted to the

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, or the Project Architect or Project Engineer, on behalf of the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, within ten (10) days after the bid opening.

6.2 At the preconstruction conference, the Contractor shall submit the following information to the Architect:

A breakdown of the contract cost into divisions of the C.S.I. No payments will be made to the Contractor until this is received.

ARTICLE VII

Performance and Payment Bonds

7.1 Bonds Required

7.1.1 The successful bidder shall be required to furnish a Performance and Payment

Bond in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract amount, shall be written by a surety or insurance company currently on the U.S. Department of the Treasury

Financial Management Service list of approved bonding companies which is published annually in the Federal Register, or by a Louisiana domiciled insurance company with at least an A- rating in the latest printing of the A.M.

Best's Key Rating Guide to write individual bonds up to ten percent of policyholders' surplus as shown in the A.M. Best's Key Rating Guide or by an insurance company in good standing licensed to write bid bonds which is either domiciled in Louisiana or owned by Louisiana residents.

7.2 Time of Delivery and Form of Bond

7.2.2 Bond shall be in the form furnished by the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, entitled

Performance and Payment Bond, a copy of which is included in the Contract

Documents.

7.2.3 The Bidder shall require the Attorney-in-Fact, who executes the required bond on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of his power of attorney.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 12

ARTICLE VIII

Contract

8.1 Form to be Used

8.1.1 Form of the Contract to be used shall be furnished by the Calcasieu Parish Police

Jury, a copy of which is bound in the Bidding Documents.

8.2 Award

8.2.1 Before award of the contract, the successful Bidders shall furnish to the Owner a certified copy of the minutes of the corporation of partnership meeting which authorized the party executing the Bid to sign on behalf of the Contractor.

ARTICLE IX

Insurance Requirements

SEE ATTACHED INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

ARTICLE X

Completion Time & Liquidated Damages

The completion of the Contract must be within the time stated in the Special Provisions section included in these bid documents, subject to such extensions as may be granted under AIA Document A201-2007, Paragraph 8.3, Delays and Extensions of Time in the

General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions, or the Contractor will be subject to pay to the Owner, Liquidated Damages in the amount as stated in the Special

Provisions section included in these bid documents.

ARTICLE XI

Pre-Bid Conference

11.1 If deemed necessary, a pre-bid conference may be held at the Parish Government

Building at least ten days before the date for receipt of bids. The Architect shall coordinate the setting of the date, time, and place for the pre-bid conference and shall invite, in writing, the Owner and all who have received sets of the Bidding

Documents to attend. The purpose of the pre-bid conference is to familiarize

Bidders with the requirements of the Project and the intent of the Contract

Documents, and to receive comments and information from interested Bidders.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 13

11.2 Any revision of the Bidding Documents, made as a result of the pre-bid conference, shall not be valid unless included in an Addendum issued in accordance with Paragraph 3.4 of the Instructions to Bidders.

ARTICLE XII

Local Preference

12.1 The Calcasieu Parish Police Jury has gone on official record encouraging General

Contractors and Subcontractors domiciled in Calcasieu Parish to participate in this project, and further, expressing the preference of the Police Jury that such

Calcasieu Parish businesses obtain the work through the bid process. Also, the

Police Jury expresses its desire that fair wages be paid to employees working on the contract.

ARTICLE XIII

Use of Minority Subcontractors

13.1 The Calcasieu Parish Police Jury has gone on official record to encourage General

Contractors to award at least ten percent (10%) of their subcontracted work to minority contractors.

13.2 For the purposes of this Article, minority shall be defined as stipulated by

LA  R.S. 38:2233.2E. (1) (2) which are as follows:

E. (1) “Minority” means a person who is a citizen or lawful permanent resident of the United States and who is:

(a) American Indian or Alaskan Native: having origins in any of the original peoples of North America.

(b) Asian American: having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far

East, Southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands.

(c) Black: having origins in any of the black racial groups of Africa.

(d) Female.

(e) Hispanic: of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American, or other Spanish or Portuguese culture or origin regardless of race.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 14

(2) “Minority business enterprise” or “Minority-owned business” means a small business organized for profit performing a commercially useful function which is owned and controlled by one or more minority individuals or minority business enterprises. “Owned and controlled” means a business in which one or more minorities or minority business enterprises own at least fifty-one percent or in the case of a corporation at least fifty-one percent of the voting stock and control at least fifty-one percent of the management and daily business operations of the business.

ARTICLE XIV

Sales and Use Tax Exemption

14.1 In accordance with applicable rules adopted and promulgated by the Louisiana

Department of Revenue, the Owner shall designate the contractor and all subcontractors as its agents for the purchase and lease of materials, supplies or equipment for the project. The contractor and all subcontractors shall accept the agency designation. The designation and acceptance thereof shall be made on the form prescribed by the Louisiana State Department of Revenue which form shall be part of the contract between the Owner, the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, and the contractor. A copy of this form is hereby made part of these front end documents.

The agency relationship between the Owner and the contractor and all subcontractors shall relieve the contract and subcontractors (1) from paying any state or local sales or state or local use taxes on materials, supplies or equipment which is affixed to and/or made a part of the real estate of the project or work or which is permanently incorporated into the project or work and, (2) from paying any state or local use taxes on any materials, supplies or equipment which is leased and used exclusively for the project or work. Accordingly, in preparing their bids and computing costs, the contract and subcontractors shall not consider sales and/or use taxes which would otherwise be due.

The contractor and subcontractors shall furnish a copy of such certificate to all vendors or suppliers of any of the materials, supplies or equipment described above.

The contractor and subcontractors shall make all purchases and leases on behalf of and as the agent of the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury.

Rules and regulations of the Louisiana Department of Revenue shall prevail over any conflicting provisions or specifications of the contract.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 15

ARTICLE XV

Drug Screen Testing

15.1 By submittal of this bid, contractor hereby certifies that it has in place and employs a pre-employment drug screen test for each employee of contractor and administers periodic random drug screen testing for each such employee and agrees that it will not enter into any subcontractor agreement, whether verbal or written, unless said subcontractor has in place and employs pre-employment drug screen testing and periodic random drug screen testing. All such preemployment drug screen testing and random testing shall meet or exceed the standards for drug screen testing as promulgated by the Associated General

Contractors of Louisiana.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/06

SCOPE OF WORK

WORK DESCRIPTION

The Work as defined in the General Conditions and described in the Contract Documents prepared by the Architect is summarized as follows:

 BASE BID

 Provide automatic extinguishing system in all areas excluding the arena seating as shown on drawings.

 Provide new sound system for arena area as specified and shown on drawings.

 Provide new rigging point locations in arena area as detailed, specified, and shown on drawings. Provide rigging support structure, shackle & thimbles, wire rope, compression sleeve, and label as detailed.

 ALTERNATE BID ONE

 Provide (4) electric chain hoist motors.

LOUISIANA UNIFORM PUBLIC WORK BID FORM

TO: Calcasieu Parish Police Jury BID FOR: Burton Memorial Coliseum

1015 Pithon Street

Lake Charles, LA 70602

Upgrades & Improvements

Bid #DB-2015-FM-174

(Owner to provide name and address of owner) (Owner to provide name of project and other identifying information)

The undersigned bidder hereby declares and represents that she/he; a) has carefully examined and understands the Bidding

Documents, b) has not received, relied on, or based his bid on any verbal instructions contrary to the Bidding Documents or any addenda, c) has personally inspected and is familiar with the project site, and hereby proposes to provide all labor, materials, tools, appliances and facilities as required to perform, in a workmanlike manner, all work and services for the construction and completion of the referenced project, all in strict accordance with the Bidding Documents prepared by:

Moss Architects, Inc., 3221 Ryan Street, Suite B, Lake Charles, LA 70601 and dated August 2015

Bidders must acknowledge all addenda. The Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDA: (Enter the number the

Designer has assigned to each of the addenda that the Bidder is acknowledging) __________________________________________ .

TOTAL BASE BID : For all work required by the Bidding Documents (including any and all unit prices designated “Base

Bid” * but not alternates) the sum of:

Dollars ($

ALTERNATES: For any and all work required by the Bidding Documents for Alternates including any and all unit prices designated as alternates in the unit price description.

)

Alternate No. 1 (ADD) (Provide (4) electric chain hoist motors.

)

for the lump sum of:

Dollars ($

Alternate No. 2 (Owner to provide description of alternate and state whether add or deduct) for the lump sum of: for the lump sum of:

N/A Dollars ($ N/A

Alternate No. 3 (Owner to provide description of alternate and state whether add or deduct) for the lump sum of:

N/A Dollars ($ N/A

NAME OF BIDDER:

)

)

)

ADDRESS OF BIDDER:

LOUISIANA CONTRACTOR’S LICENSE NUMBER:

NAME OF AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BIDDER:

TITLE OF AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BIDDER:

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BIDDER **:

DATE: _______________________

* The Unit Price Form shall be used if the contract includes unit prices. Otherwise it is not required and need not be included with the form. The number of unit prices that may be included is not limited and additional sheets may be included if needed.

** If someone other than a corporate officer signs for the Bidder/Contractor, a copy of a corporate resolution or other signature authorization shall be required for submission of bid. Failure to include a copy of the appropriate signature authorization, if required, may result in the rejection of the bid unless bidder has complied with La. R.S. 38:2212(B)5 .

BID SECURITY in the form of a bid bond, certified check or cashier’s check as prescribed by LA RS 38:2218.A is attached to and made a part of this bid.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/03

BID BOND

FOR

____________________________________________________________________________

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

Date: ________________

That of , as

Principal, and , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury (Obligee), in the full and just sum of five (5%) percent of the total amount of this proposal, including all alternates, lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum, well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally firmly by these presents.

Surety represents that it is listed on the current U. S. Department of the Treasury Financial

Management Service list of approved bonding companies as approved for an amount equal to or greater that the amount for which it obligates itself in this instrument or that it is a Louisiana domiciled insurance company with at least an A - rating in the latest printing of the A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide. If surety qualifies by virtue of its Best's listing, the Bond amount may not exceed ten percent of policyholders' surplus as shown in the latest A. M. Best's Key Rating Guide.

Surety further represents that it is licensed to do business in the State of Louisiana and that this Bond is signed by surety's agent or attorney-in-fact. This Bid Bond is accompanied by appropriate power of attorney.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that, whereas said Principal is herewith submitting its proposal to the Obligee on a Contract for:

________________________________________________________________________________

NOW, THEREFORE, if the said Contract be awarded to the Principal and the Principal shall, within such time as may be specified, enter into the Contract in writing and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of the Contract with surety acceptable to the Obligee, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise this obligation shall become due and payable.

PRINCIPAL (BIDDER) SURETY

BY: BY:

AUTHORIZED OFFICER-OWNER-PARTNER AGENT OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT(SEAL)

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

ON STATE & LOCAL RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS

In accordance with Article VI, I hereby certify that this construction firm will comply with the requirements that certain percentages of state and local residents be hired on this project in accordance with the provisions of LSA  R.S. 38:2225.1 B. (1) and

(2).

I acknowledge that the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury has invoked its authority under the provisions of the statutes, which are as follows:

B.

(1) When a participating political subdivision lets a contract for a public works project that is to be administered by or paid for, in whole or in part, by said political subdivision’s funds, the governing authority of the political subdivision may require, as a condition of letting the contract, that not less than eighty percent of the persons employed in fulfilling that contract be residents of the State of Louisiana.

(2) In addition, when the governing authority of Calcasieu Parish may, upon a finding that there is substantial cause to counteract grave economic and social ills, require, as a condition of letting contracts for public works to be paid for solely with parish funds, that no less than fifty percent of the persons employed in fulfilling that contract be residents of Calcasieu Parish. Notwithstanding the provisions of this

Paragraph, management personnel and persons whose skills are unavailable for performing the work may be excluded from the requirements of this Paragraph, as said governing authority may determine and provide for in the bid specifications.

I will complete the “Contractor’s Monthly Certification Affidavit” similar to that enclosed in these bid documents submit same at the required times during the course of this project.

____________________________________________

BIDDER

BY: ________________________________________

____________________________________________

Name & Title

Date: _____________________

____________________________________________

Address

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE CALCASIEU

PARISH POLICE JURY, OR PROJECT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER,

ON BEHALF OF THE POLICE JURY, WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS

AFTER THE BID OPENING.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

ON ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTORS

In accordance with Article VI, I, the undersigned, do hereby certify that this construction firm will comply with the following requirement of the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury:

Any party bidding to perform electrical work of any nature under this contract shall not be deemed a “responsible bidder” unless it certifies that it will employ electricians on the project(s) in question who are certified as participating in a program of training and education or as having successfully completed such programs that are conducted or supervised by the National Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee of the

Electrical Industry and the Louisiana Department of Labor, Office of Regulatory

Services, Labor Programs Section, Apprenticeship Division. The electrical subcontractor shall provide through the general contractor on a monthly basis a signed certificate on a form provided by the Parish verifying compliance with the provisions of this section.

I will require the electrical subcontractor(s) to submit a signed certificate on the form provided by the Parish on a monthly basis, and said certificate will be submitted by this firm along with the monthly invoice and other appropriate documents.

_________________________________________

BIDDER

BY: _____________________________________

_________________________________________

NAME & TITLE

DATE: ______________________

_________________________________________

ADDRESS

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY,

OR THE PROJECT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, ON BEHALF OF THE POLICE JURY,

WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE BID OPENING.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF PRIME BIDDER

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF CALCASIEU

_____________________________________, being first duly sworn, deposed and says that

(1) He is ________________ of __________________________________________, the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid:

(2) He is fully informed respecting the preparations and contents of the attached Bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid:

(3) Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid:

(4) Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communications or conference with any other Bidder or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid price or the Bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through the collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY, or any person interested in the proposed Contract; and

(5) The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees or parties in interest, including this affiant.

Company Name: ____________________________________

By: ________________________________________________

__________________________________

Title

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, NOTARY PUBLIC, on this _____ day of

_______________________, 20___.

___________________________________________

NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires: __________________________

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY, OR THE PROJECT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER,

ON BEHALF OF THE POLICE JURY, WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE BID OPENING.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

AFFIDAVIT (RS 38:2224, 2190, 2290-2296)

CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY

PROJECT NO. _____________________

NAME: _________________________________

LOCATION: _____________________________

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF CALCASIEU

Before me, the undersigned authority, duly commissioned and qualified within and for the State and the Parish aforesaid, personally came and appeared

_________________________, representing ______________________________________, who, being by me first duly sworn deposed and said that he has read this affidavit and does hereby agree under oath to comply with all provisions herein as follows:

PART I

Section 2224 of Part I of Chapter 10 of Title 38 of the LA. Revised Statutes of 1950 as amended.

(1) That affiant employed no person, corporation, firm, association, or other organization, either directly or indirectly, to secure the public contract under which he received payment, other than persons regularly employed by the affiant whose services in connection with the construction of the public building or project or in securing the public contract were in the regular course of their duties for affiant; and

(2) That no part of the contract price received by affiant as paid or will be paid to any person, corporation, firm, association, or other organization for soliciting the contract, other than the payment of their normal compensation to persons regularly employed by the affiant whose services in connection with the construction of the public building or project were in the regular course of their duties for affiant.

PART II

Section 2190 of the Part I of Chapter 10 of Title 38 of the LA. Revised Statutes of 1950 as amended.

That affiant, if he be an architect or engineer, or representative thereof, does not own a substantial financial interest, either directly or indirectly, in any corporation, firm partnership, or other organization which supplies materials for the construction of a public building or project when the architect or engineer has performed architectural or engineering services, either directly or indirectly, in connection with the public building or project for which the materials are being supplied.

For the purpose of this section, a “substantial financial interest” shall exclude any interest in stock being traded on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock

Exchange.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

AFFIDAVIT (RS 38:2224, 2190, 2290-2296)

That affiant, if subject to the provisions of this section, does hereby agree to be subject to the penalties involved for the violation of this section.

PART III

That affiant does hereby state that he has read and agrees to comply with and be subject to the provisions of Part V of Chapter 10 of Title 38 of the Louisiana Revised

Statutes of 1950, being Sections 2290 through 2296 of Title 38 as amended.

______________________________________

SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED before me on this ____ day of _______________,

20____.

__________________________________________

NOTARY PUBLIC

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE

JURY, OR THS PROJECT ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, ON BEHALF OF THE

POLICE JURY, WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE BID OPENING..

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

ATTESTATION FORM

( R.S. 38:2227)

(Past Criminal Convictions of Bidders)

_________________________________________________________________________________________

NAME OF PROJECT

Appearer, as a Bidder on the above-entitled Public Works Project, does hereby attest that:

LA. R.S. 38:2227 PAST CRIMINAL CONVICTIONS OF BIDDERS

A. No sole proprietor or individual partner, incorporator, director, manager, officer, organizer, or member who has a minimum of a ten percent (10%) ownership in the bidding entity named below has been convicted of, or has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any of the following state crimes or equivalent federal crimes:

(a) Public bribery (R.S. 14:118)

(b) Corrupt influencing (R.S. 14:120)

(c) Extortion (R.S. 14:66)

(d) Money laundering (R.S. 14:230)

B. Within the past five years from the project bid date, no sole proprietor or individual partner, incorporator, director, manager, officer, organizer, or member who has a minimum of a ten percent (10%) ownership in the bidding entity named below has been convicted of, or has entered a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any of the following state crimes or equivalent federal crimes, during the solicitation or execution of a contract or bid awarded pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 10 of Title 38 of the Louisiana Revised

Statutes:

(a) Theft (R.S. 14:67)

(b) Identity Theft (R.S. 14:67.16)

(c) Theft of a business record

(R.S.14:67.20)

(d) False accounting (R.S. 14:70)

(e) Issuing worthless checks

(R.S. 14:71)

(f) Bank fraud (R.S. 14:71.1)

(g) Forgery (R.S. 14:72)

(h) Contractors; misapplication of

payments (R.S. 14:202)

(i) Malfeasance in office (R.S. 14:134)

____________________________________

NAME OF BIDDER

________________________________________________

NAME OF AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BIDDER

____________________________________

DATE

_________________________________________________

TITLE OF AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BIDDER

__________________________________________________________

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED

SIGNATORY OF BIDDER

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY, OR THE PROJECT

ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, ON BEHALF OF THE POLICE JURY, WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE

BID OPENING.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

AFFIDAVIT FORM

(R.S. 38:2212.10(C))

(Verification of Employees E-Verify)

__________________________________________________________________________________________

NAME OF PROJECT

Appearer, as a Bidder on the above-entitled Public Works Project, does hereby attest that:

LA. R.S. 38:2212.10 Verification of Employees (E-Verify)

A.

Appear is registered and participates in a status verification system (E-Verify) to verify that all employees in the state of Louisiana are legal citizens of the United States or are legal aliens.

B.

If awarded the contract, Appearer shall continue, during the term of the contract, to utilize a status verification system (E-Verify) to verify the legal status of all new employees in the state of Louisiana.

C.

If awarded the contract, Appearer shall require all subcontractors to submit to it a sworn affidavit verifying compliance with Paragraphs (A) and (B) of this Subsection.

____________________________________

NAME OF BIDDER

DATE

____________________________________

________________________________________________

NAME OF AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BIDDER

_________________________________________________

TITLE OF AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF BIDDER

__________________________________________________________

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED

SIGNATORY OF BIDDER

____________________________________

WITNESS

WITNESS

____________________________________

__________________________________________________________

NOTARY PUBLIC

THIS FORM MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY, OR THE PROJECT

ARCHITECT/ENGINEER, ON BEHALF OF THE POLICE JURY, WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE

BID OPENING.

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. Page 1 of 6

These Supplementary Conditions modify, change, delete from or add to the General Conditions of the Contract for

Construction AIA Document A201, 2007 Edition. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or any Paragraph,

Subparagraph or Clause thereof is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered provisions of the Article,

Paragraph, Subparagraph or Clause shall remain in effect.

Articles, Paragraphs, Subparagraphs or Clauses modified or deleted have the same numerical designation as those occurring in the General Conditions.

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

§1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS

§1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Delete the third sentence, and add the following sentence: “The Contract

Documents shall include the Bidding Documents as listed in the Instructions to Bidders and any modifications made thereto by addenda.”

ARTICLE 2 OWNER

§2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER

§2.2.1 Delete this paragraph and substitute the following: "The Owner shall, at the written request of the Contractor, prior to commencement of the Work, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. Furnishing of such evidence shall be a condition precedent to commencement of the Work. After such evidence has been furnished, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor".

ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR

§3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS

§3.4.2 Delete this subparagraph

§3.6 TAXES (Delete this paragraph in its entirety)

Add the following subparagraph:

§3.11.1 Along with items addressed in 3.11 at the completion of the project the Contractor is to provide the architect with final values per structure and per finished items such as sidewalks, light posts, wharfs, hydro-seeding, landscaping, fountains, etc.

ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS

§5.2.2

Add the following sentences to the end of this paragraph: "The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the performance of all subcontractors. The Contractor shall not be entitled to claims for additional time and/or an increase in the contract sum for a problem with performance or non-performance of a subcontractor.

§5.2.4

Add the following sentence at the beginning of this paragraph: "The Contractor shall notify the Owner when a subcontractor is to be changed and substituted with another subcontractor".

§5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS - Delete this paragraph.

ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK

§7.1 GENERAL

Add the following paragraph:

§7.1.4 As part of the pre-construction conference submittals, the contractor is to submit the following prior to the commencement of work.

Fixed job site overhead cost itemized with documentation to support daily rates.

Bond Premium Rate with supporting information from the General Contractor’s carrier.

§7.2 CHANGE ORDERS - Delete this paragraph in its entirety and substitute the following:

§7.2.1 "A Change Order is a written order to the Contractor signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued after execution of the Contract, authorizing a change in the work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the Contractor indicates his agreement therewith, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time."

§7.2.1.1 The cost to the Owner resulting from a change in the work shall be the sum of:

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

Page 2 of 6 MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

Contractor's material and labor cost.

Subcontractor's and/or Sub-Subcontractor's (as defined in Article 5) material and labor cost.

Overhead and profit.

§7.2.1.2 The credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the work shall be the sum of:

Contractor's material and labor cost, and profit.

Subcontractor's and/or Sub-Subcontractor's material and labor cost, and profit.

Credit will not be required for overhead.

§7.2.2 The Contractor will be due Extended Overhead for time delays only when complete stoppage of work occurs causing a contract completion extension. The stoppage must be due to acts or omissions solely attributable to the Owner. In all cases the Contractor is to notify the Designer in writing as required by article 15.1.2.

§7.2.3 Before a Change Order is prepared, the Contractor shall provide and deliver to the Architects the following information, not subject to waiver, within ten (10) days after being notified to prepare said Change Order:

An itemized list of material and labor costs for Contractor's work including quantities and unit costs for each item of labor and each item of material.

Construction Contract Change Order Summary Form for each change order item. Use form included in Project Manual.

§7.2.4 "Overhead and profit shall be computed by one of the following methods but shall not exceed a total of 25% on any portion of work:

§7.2.4.1 When all of the work is General Contract work; 15% of the cost of the work for overhead and profit.

§7.2.4.2 When the work is all Subcontract work; 15% of the cost of the work for Subcontractor's overhead and profit plus

10% of the cost of the work, not including the Subcontractor's overhead and profit, for General Contractor's overhead and profit.

§7.2.4.3 When the work is a combination of General Contract work and Subcontract work; that portion of the cost that is

General Contract work shall be figured per 7.2.4.1 and that portion of the cost that is Subcontract work shall be calculated per

7.2.4.2.

Bond premiums may be included, but after the markup is added to the cost of the work.

§7.2.5 After a change order has been approved, no follow-on requests for extensions of time or additional cost shall be considered for the work included in that change order.

§7.2.6 Cost of work for the purpose of Change Order's shall be costs necessarily incurred in performance of the work and paid by the Contractor which shall consist of:

Wages Paid

Cost of all materials and supplies

Cost of necessary machinery and equipment

Cost of applicable taxes, insurance, fringe benefits, unemployment compensation, social security, and any other documents costs.

§7.2.7 Subcontract cost shall consist of the items in 7.2.6 above plus overhead and profit as defined in 7.2.4.

§7.2.8 Cost of work whether Contractor's to Subcontractor's cost shall not apply to the following:

Salaries or other compensation of the Contractor's personnel at the Contractor's principal office and branch offices.

Any part of the Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on the Contractor's capital employed for the work.

Overhead and general expenses of any kind or the cost of any item not specifically and expressly included in Subsection

7.3.6.

Cost of supervision not specifically required by the Change Order.

Costs due to the negligence of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly employed by any of them, or for whose acts any of them, may be liable, including but not limited to the correction of defective or nonconforming work, disposal of material and equipment wrongly supplied, making good any damage to property, or delays caused by failure to provide adequate Change Order documentation.

§7.2.9 When applicable as provided by the Contract, the cost to Owner for Change Orders shall be determined by quantities and unit prices. The quantity of any item shall be as submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Architect. Unit prices shall cover cost of material, labor, equipment, overhead and profit.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. Page 3 of 6

§7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES Delete this section in its entirety and add the following section:

§7.3 CONSTRUCTION FIELD ORDERS

§7.3.1

A Construction Field Order is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both.

ARTICLE 8 TIME

§8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION

§8.2.1 Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following: "Time is of the essence and completion of the work must be within the Time for Completion stated in the Agreement, subject to such extensions as may be granted under section 8.3. The

Contractor agrees to commence work not later than fourteen (14) days after the transmittal date of Written Notice to Proceed from the Owner and to substantially complete the project within the time stated on the contract. The Owner will suffer financial loss if the project is not substantially complete in the time set forth in the Contract Documents. The contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall be liable for and shall pay to the Owner the sum stated in the Contract Documents as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for each consecutive calendar day (Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays included) of delay until the work is substantially complete. The Owner shall be entitled to the sum stated in the Contract Documents. Such Liquidated

Damages shall be withheld by the Owner for the amounts due the Contractor for progress payments.

§8.2.2 Delete this subparagraph

§8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME

§8.3.1 In the first sentence after the words "owner pending' delete the words "mediation and arbitration" and add the word

"litigation" and add the following after "determine": ", subject to Owner's approval of Change Order. If the claim is not made within the limits of Article 15 all right for future claims for that month are waived."

ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

§9.2 Delete this paragraph and substitute the following:

§9.2.1 At the Pre-construction Conference, the contractor shall submit to the Owner and the Architect a Schedule of Values prepared as follows:

§9.2.1.1 The cost of work for each section listed under each division in the project manual shall be given. The cost for each section shall include labor, materials, overhead and profit.

§9.2.1.2 The Total of all items shall equal the Total Contract sum. This schedule, when approved by the Architect, shall be used only as a basis for the contractor's applications for payment.

§9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

§9.3.1 through §9.3.2 Delete these subparagraphs in their entirety and substitute the following:

§9.3.1 "Monthly, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an Application & Certificate for Payment on the AIA

Document G702-1992, accompanied by AIA Document G703-1992, and supported by any additional data substantiating the

Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or the Architect may require. Application for Payment shall be submitted on or about the first of each month for the value of labor and materials incorporated into the work and of materials, suitably stored, at the site as of the twenty-fifth day of the preceding month, less normal retainage as follows, per R.S.38:2248:

§9.3.1.1 Projects with Contract price up to $500,000.00 - 10% of the Contract price.

§9.3.1.2 Projects with Contract price of $500,000.00, or more - 5% of the Contract price.

§9.3.1.3 The normal retainage shall not be due the Contractor until after substantial completion and expiration of the fortyfive day lien period and submission to the Architect of clear lien certificate and invoice for retainage.

§9.3.2 "Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. Payments for materials or equipment stored on the site shall be conditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, including applicable insurance."

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

§9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

Page 4 of 6

§9.6.1 Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following: “After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the

Owner shall make payment within a timely manner.”

§9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT Delete this paragraph.

§9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Delete this paragraph in its entirety and substitute the following:

§9.8.1 Substantial completion is the stage in progress of the work when the work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. The Architect shall determine if the project is substantially complete in accordance with this Subparagraph.

§9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work is Substantially Complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the

Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work is substantially complete. A prerequisite to the work being accepted as substantially complete is the Owner's receipt of the executed Roofing Contractor's and Roofing Manufacturer's guarantee's, where roofing work is part of the Contract. Prior to inspection by the Architect, the Contractor shall notify the Architect that the project is ready for inspection by the State Fire

Marshal's office. If the Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before acceptance of the work as Substantially Complete, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the

Architect to determine Substantial Completion.

§9.8.4 When the Architect determines that the project is Substantially Complete, he shall prepare a "punch list of exceptions and the dollar value related there-to. The monetary value assigned to this list will be twice the estimated actual value of the work. The cost of these items shall be prepared in the same format as the schedule of values. None of these funds shall be due the Contractor until all punch list items are completed and are accepted by the Architect. If the dollar value of the punch list exceeds the amount of funds, less the retainage amount, in the remaining balance of the contract, then the project shall not be accepted as substantially complete. If funds remaining are less than that required to complete the work, the contractor shall pay the difference. If delivery of material or equipment, required as part of the punch list work, is beyond the control of the contractor, the Contractor's completion time shall be extended and his surety so notified.

§9.8.5 When the "punch list" is complete the Architect shall prepare a Recommendation of Acceptance" incorporating the punch list and submit it to the Owner. Upon approval of the Recommendation of Acceptance, the Owner may issue a Notice of Acceptance of Building Contract which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion. The Contractor will record the

Notice of Acceptance with the Clerk of Court in the Parish in which the work has been performed. If the Notice of

Acceptance has not been recorded seven (7) days after issuance, the owner may record the acceptance at the Contractor's expense.

§9.8.6 Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Owner and Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Owner and

Contractor, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work not covered by the punch list and insurance shall become the Owner's responsibility on the Date of Substantial Completion.

§9.8.7

If all punch list items have not been completed by the end of the forty-five (45) day lien period, through no fault of the Architect or Owner, the Owner may hold the Contractor in default. If the Owner finds the Contractor is in default, the

Surety shall be notified. If within forty-five (45) days after notification, the Surety has not completed the punch list, through no fault of the Architect or Owner, the Owner may, at his option, contract to have the balance of the work completed and pay for such work with the unpaid funds remaining in the Contract sum. Finding the Contractor in default shall constitute a reason for disqualification of the Contractor from bidding on future state contracts. If the surety fails to complete the punch list within the stipulated time period, the Owner may not accept bonds submitted, in the future, by the surety.

§9.9 PARITIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE

§9.9.1 Delete this subparagraph and substitute the following: "Partial Occupancy is that stage in the progress of the Work when designated portion of the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the designated portion of the work for its intended use. The Owner may occupy or use any substantially completed portion of the work so designated by separate agreement with the Contractor and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the work. Such occupancy or use may commence provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the work and commencement of

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. Page 5 of 6 warranties required by the contract documents. When the contractor considers the designated portion substantially complete the contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the

Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonable withheld."

§9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

§9.10.1 After the first sentence, add the following: “If the Architect does not find the work acceptable under the Contract

Documents, the Architect shall make one additional inspection; if the work is still not acceptable, the Architect, and each of the Architect's principal consultants, shall be paid $100.00/hour for their time at the project site, for each additional inspection, to be withheld from the unpaid finds remaining in the Contract sum. The payment shall be made by the owner and deducted from the construction contract funds.”

§9.10.6 Add this subparagraph: "In response to Federal Arbitrage regulations: If such compliance has not been effected within 90 days of the date of acceptance, the contract shall be terminated and no further opportunity will be granted the

Contractor and no further payments will be made on this contract".

ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

§10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

§10.2.2 In the first sentence, between the words "bearing on" and "safety”, add the words "the health and",

§10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

§10.3.1 In the second sentence after "(PCB)" add "or lead"

§10.3.2 After the first sentence, delete all from "Unless". Add at the end "The Contract time shall be extended appropriately."

§10.3.3 Delete this subparagraph

§10.4 EMERGENCIES Delete this paragraph and substitute the following: "In an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and Architect immediately of the emergency, simultaneously acting at his discretion to prevent damage, injury, or loss. Any additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor or account of emergency work shall be determined as provided in Article 15."

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS Delete this Article in its entirety. Insurance requirements are covered in the

"Division 0 - Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms" section of the bidding documents.

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

§13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

§13.5.1 Delete the second sentence and substitute the following: "The Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with third-party Testing Laboratory and the Contractor shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals."

§13.6 INTEREST Delete this paragraph.

§13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS Delete this paragraph.

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT

§14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE

§14.2.1 Add the following clause:

§14.2.1.5 "Fails to complete the punch list within the lien period as provided in 9.8".

§14.2.3 Add the following sentence at the end: "Termination by the Owner shall not suspend assessment of liquidated damages against the surety."

§14.2.5 Add this subparagraph: "If an agreed sum of liquidated damages has been established, termination by the Owner under this article will not relieve the Contractor and/or surety of his obligations under the liquidated damages provisions and the Contractor and/or surety shall be liable to the Owner for per diem liquidated damages."

ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

§15.1.5.2 Delete this paragraph in its entirety and substitute the following:

§15.1.5.2 "If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a claim for additional time, the Contractor shall document that weather conditions had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. There will be no increase in the Contract Sum.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. Page 6 of 6

§15.2.5 End the last sentence after the words "subject to mediation" thereby deleting the words "and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution.

§15.3 MEDITATION

§15.3.1

Delete "a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution" and replace with "agreed by parties".

§15.3.2

Delete this paragraph

§15.4 ARBITRATION - Delete this Section in its entirety.

Add the following as Article 16:

ARTICLE 16 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY

§16.1 The contractor and all subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex or national origin. The contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of nondiscrimination.

§16.2 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or advertisement for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex or national origin.

CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM UPGRADES AND IMPROVEMENTS

DB-2015-FM-174 CONTRACT

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF CALCASIEU

THIS AGREEMENT is hereby made and entered into this ______ day of ___________

2015, by and between the CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY, hereinafter referred to as

"PARISH," a political subdivision of the State of Louisiana, represented herein by its duly authorized President, Nicholas E. Hunter, and _____________, hereinafter referred to as

“CONTRACTOR,” and represented herein by its duly authorized President,

______________.

WHEREAS, the PARISH has solicited, received and analyzed competitive bids for

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM UPGRADES AND IMPROVEMENTS , identified as Calcasieu Parish Project No. DB-2015-FM-174 , which is the legal responsibility of the

PARISH, and

WHEREAS, the PARISH has duly awarded the CONTRACTOR as the successful proposer for the referenced construction activity, products and/or services as hereinafter set forth and in accordance with all local, state and federal regulations governing the expenditure of public funds in the amount of _______________ dollars ($___________), and

WHEREAS, the PARISH considers the public benefit of

_____________________________________to be proportionate to the costs associated with this activity, and

WHEREAS, the CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials, equipment and labor and perform all the work required to accomplish the designated scope of work in a thorough and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the PARISH or the PARISH’S architect/engineer and in accordance with all plans and specifications, instructions, general and/or standard terms and conditions, any addenda issued, and the “Bid” documents, including alternates, unit prices and allowances (when applicable) on file with the PARISH or the PARISH’S architect/engineer, which are as much a part of this agreement as if repeated verbatim herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the PARISH and the CONTRACTOR do mutually agree to the following terms and conditions of this agreement:

Updated 2/3/15 Page 1 of 8

1.

Scope of Work

The PARISH hereby agrees to engage the CONTRACTOR to provide the construction activity, products and/or services inclusive in the PARISH’S “Bid” identified as “Bid” #DB-

2015-FM-174. This project involves improving facility safety by providing all labor and material required to install an automatic extinguishing system as required by Fire Marshal &

Life Safety Code in all areas excluding the Arena. Provide all labor and material required to install new rigging points and electric chain hoist anchored to the Coliseum roof structure to support steel trusses and grids for rigging of lighting and equipment. Lastly, provide all labor and material required to install a new, high definition, and fully distributed sound system for the Arena. All work is to be performed as detailed on the contract drawings and specified herein, including any addenda issued.

Any additional construction activity, products and/or services not specifically listed in the

“Bid” but required by the PARISH and available to the CONTRACTOR may be added to the terms of this agreement at a mutually agreed upon price, subject to the verification of cost reasonableness of said change order.

2.

Term of Agreement

The initial term of this agreement shall commence upon execution of the agreement and shall continue until the completion of the project listed in the Scope of Work and all payments have been made. The CONTRACTOR will begin performance within 10 calendar days after receiving the work order or “Notice to Proceed” and shall complete the project within

300 calendar days from that date.

If the time frame extends beyond the completion time period then the CONTRACTOR will notify the PARISH or the PARISH’S architect/engineer and follow the specific procedures identified in the plans and specifications, instructions, general and/or standard terms and conditions, any addenda issued, and the “Bid” documents, where applicable. Liquidated or stipulated damages will be assessed in accordance with the plans and specifications, instructions, general and/or standard terms and conditions, any addenda issued, and the “Bid” documents, where applicable for any project not completed within the contractually authorized time period. If these referenced documents are silent with respect to this information then liquidated or stipulated damages will be assessed in the amount of

________dollars ($______) per day for any project not completed within the contractually authorized time period.

3.

Payment Terms

Under this agreement, the PARISH agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR _____________ dollars ($__________) which is inclusive of all amounts properly due under the terms and conditions set forth in the “Bid” documents. If the “Bid” documents are silent with respect to payment and related terms then the CONTRACTOR will issue at least monthly invoices for which the PARISH will, in all good faith, attempt to review and process for payment

Updated 2/3/15 Page 2 of 8

within a reasonable time period. If the “Bid” documents are silent with respect to retainage amounts, then ten (10) percent of the total payment amount will be withheld for projects less than five hundred thousand ($500,000) dollars or five (5) percent of the total payment amount will be withheld for projects equal to or greater than five hundred thousand

($500,000) dollars both of which are provided in Louisiana Revised Statute 38:2248.

4.

Amendments and Assignments

If there is a need to review and/or revise this agreement, the requesting party shall comply with the provisions of the “Bid” documents. If the “Bid” documents are silent with respect to amendments then the requesting party shall submit a written amendment to the other party, with the understanding that no amendment to this agreement shall be valid unless it is agreed and signed by both parties. This agreement shall not be assignable by either party without written consent of the other, except for assignment resulting from merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the assigning party.

5.

Records and Audits

For audit purposes, all records will be made available by both parties to any authorized representative of either party and said records will be retained for three (3) years from the final contractual payment under this agreement. It is also agreed that all records shall be made available to either party at no additional charge for such information. If any confidential information is obtained during the course of this agreement, both parties agree not to release that information without the approval of the other party unless instructed otherwise by court order or as required by law.

6.

Liability, Indemnity and Insurance

The CONTRACTOR shall perform the scope of work hereunder in accordance with all plans and specifications, instructions, general and/or standard terms and conditions, any addenda issued and the “Bid” documents, including alternates, unit prices and allowances (if applicable) as well as complying with all applicable laws and regulations. All construction activity, products and/or services will be provided or performed in a thorough and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the PARISH.

This agreement is intended for the benefit of the PARISH and the CONTRACTOR and does not confer any rights upon any other third parties. All rights by and between the PARISH and the CONTRACTOR are limited to the actions outlined in the applicable local, state and federal laws, regulations and policies.

The CONTRACTOR will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the PARISH, including the

PARISH’S employees and agents, from and against any and all claims or liabilities arising from the fault of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, subcontractors or agents in carrying out the CONTRACTOR’S duties and obligations under the terms of this agreement. The

PARISH will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the CONTRACTOR, including the

Updated 2/3/15 Page 3 of 8

CONTRACTOR’S employees and agents, from and against any and all claims or liabilities arising from the fault of the PARISH, its employees or agents in carrying out the PARISH’S duties and obligations under the terms of this agreement. This section will survive the termination of this agreement. In the event that either party takes any action to enforce this mutual indemnity provision, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorney’s fees and costs arising as a result thereof.

The CONTRACTOR will comply with the insurance requirements as specified in the “Bid” documents and attached as Exhibit A. Evidence of compliance with the attached insurance requirements will be provided to the PARISH prior to the commencement of any work.

As specified in the “Bid” documents, the CONTRACTOR is also required to provide the appropriate Payment and Performance Bonds in amounts equal to one hundred percent

(100%) of the contract amount, estimated currently to be __________________ dollars

($__________). The CONTRACTOR is also required to maintain all contracting and/or other licenses as may be required by the Louisiana State Licensing Board for Contractors as well as other regulatory agencies.

7.

Independent Contractor Status

The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services contemplated under this agreement as an independent contractor and not as an employee, agent, joint venturer, subcontractor or partner of the PARISH. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as creating any other relationship between the CONTRACTOR and the PARISH, or between any employee, agent, joint venturer, subcontractor or agent of the CONTRACTOR and the PARISH. During the term of this agreement, all persons employed by CONTRACTOR shall be an employee of the CONTRACTOR for purposes of the CONTRACTOR’S benefit programs for plans now existing or hereafter created, workers compensation, compensation, and payment and withholding of federal, state and local income, social security, unemployment, Medicare, and other payroll taxes.

The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that he is an independent contractor within the meaning of Louisiana workers compensation law, specifically Louisiana Revised Statute 23:1021 (6).

The CONTRACTOR is rendering a service, other than manual labor, for a specified recompense for a specified result either as a unit or as a whole, under the control of the

PARISH as to the result of his work only, and not as to the means by which such result is accomplished.

8.

Warranties, Termination of Agreement and Dispute Resolution

The CONTRACTOR warrants the following: (a) that it has the experience and ability to perform the scope of work required in this agreement, (b) that it will perform said scope of work in a professional, competent and timely manner, (c) that its services, reports and materials furnished hereunder will be as represented, (d) that it has the power to enter into and perform this agreement, and (e) that its performance of this agreement shall not infringe

Updated 2/3/15 Page 4 of 8

upon or violate any third party’s rights or any federal, state or municipal laws, including the proper handling of any waste disposals that may result from the services provided herein.

While both parties agree to negotiate all contractual disputes in good faith, the PARISH reserves the right to terminate this agreement at any time upon written notice of termination, in which event, the CONTRACTOR will be reimbursed for all construction activity, products and/or services satisfactorily provided up until the date of termination. Either party may terminate this agreement “for cause” with written notice to the other party within fifteen (15) days stating the cause for termination. Upon receipt, the other party shall have thirty (30) days to satisfactorily remedy, correct or remove the cause for termination. If the notice of termination is by the PARISH then the PARISH may withhold payment of any costs and fees related to, arising from or incidental to the stated cause or causes for termination.

If the parties are unable to independently and satisfactorily resolve any disagreement then both parties agree that any contractual disagreement will be resolved under the jurisdiction of the 14 th

Judicial District Court for Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana. In addition, if it is necessary to enforce this agreement in any judicial or arbitration forum, then the parties agree that whoever substantially prevails in the litigation shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs as fixed by the Court or Arbitrator.

9.

Severability, Entire Agreement and Captions

This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana. If any provision of this agreement is held invalid, void or unenforceable under any law or regulation or by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision will be deemed amended in a manner which renders it valid, or if it cannot be so amended, it will be deemed to be deleted. Such amendment or deletion will not affect the validity of any other provision of this agreement. This agreement, any attached documents, and any referenced documents, including the “Bid” documents, represent the entire agreement between the PARISH and the

CONTRACTOR and supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. In the event of a conflict between this agreement and other documents, the terms of this agreement shall control.

Each paragraph of this agreement has been supplied with a caption to serve only as a guide to the contents. The caption does not control the meaning of any paragraph or in any way determine its interpretation.

Updated 2/3/15 Page 5 of 8

10.

No Authorship Presumptions

The PARISH and the CONTRACTOR have had an opportunity to negotiate the language of this agreement in consultation with legal counsel prior to its execution. No presumption shall arise or adverse inference be drawn by virtue of authorship. The PARISH and the

CONTRACTOR hereby waive the benefit of any rule of law that might otherwise be applicable in connection with the interpretation of this agreement, including but not limited to any rule of law to the effect that any provision of this agreement shall be interpreted or construed against the party who (or whose counsel) drafted that provision. The rule of no authorship presumption set forth in this paragraph is equally applicable to any person that becomes a party by reason of assignment and/or assumption of this agreement and any successor to a signatory party.

11.

Address of Notices and Communications

All notices between the PARISH and the CONTRACTOR provided for pursuant to this agreement shall be in writing. The name and address of the PARISH'S representative is:

Mr. Bryan C. Beam, Administrator

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury

P.O. Drawer 3287

Lake Charles, Louisiana 70602

The name and address of the CONTRACTOR'S representative is:

_____________________

_____________________

_____________________

_____________________

In the event that the mailing address of the PARISH or the CONTRACTOR changes during the terms of this agreement, or that there is a change in the designated points of contact, the party with the address change or change of contact shall immediately notify the other party of the change.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

Updated 2/3/15 Page 6 of 8

THUS DONE AND SIGNED on the ____ day of ______________ 2015, in Lake Charles,

Louisiana, and in the presence of the undersigned witnesses and Notary Public, after a due reading of the whole.

WITNESSES:

Witness Signature

____________________________

CALCASIEU PARISH POLICE JURY:

BY: __________________________________

NICHOLAS E. HUNTER, PRESIDENT

___________________________

Printed Witness Name

___________________________

Witness Signature

___________________________

Printed Witness Name

_____________________________________

NOTARY PUBLIC

_____________________________________

Notary Printed/Stamped Name

and Identification Number

Updated 2/3/15 Page 7 of 8

THUS DONE AND SIGNED on the ____ day of ______________ 2015, in Lake Charles,

Louisiana, and in the presence of the undersigned witnesses and Notary Public, after a due reading of the whole.

WITNESSES:

Witness Signature

____________________________

INSERT CONTRACTOR’S NAME:

BY: __________________________________

INSERT OFFICER’S NAME

___________________________

Printed Witness Name

___________________________

Witness Signature

___________________________

Printed Witness Name

_____________________________________

NOTARY PUBLIC

_____________________________________

Notary Printed/Stamped Name

and Identification Number

Updated 2/3/15 Page 8 of 8

PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND

To these presents personally came and intervene____________________________, herein acting for __________________________________________, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of __________________, and duly authorized to transact business in the State of Louisiana, as surety, who declared that having taken cognizance of this contract and of the Construction Documents mentioned herein, he hereby in his capacity as its Attorney-In-Fact obligates his said company, as

Surety for the said Contractor, unto the said Owner, Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, up to the sum of _________________________________($________________)DOLLARS.

The condition of this performance and payment bond shall be that should the

Contractor herein not perform the contract in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, or should said Contractor not fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner,

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, from all costs and damages which he may suffer by said

Contractor’s non-performance or should said Contractor not pay all persons who have and fulfill obligations to perform labor and/or furnish materials in the prosecution of the work provided for herein, including by way of example workmen, laborers, mechanics, and furnishers of materials, machinery, equipment, and fixtures, then said

Surety agrees and is bound to so perform the contract and make said payment(s).

Provided, that any alterations which may be made in the terms, of the contract or in the work to be done under it, or the giving by the Owner, Calcasieu Parish Police

CPPJ-Revised 2015 01

PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND

Page Two

Jury, of any extensions of time for the performance of the contract, or any other forbearance on the part of either the Owner, Calcasieu Parish Police Jury, or the

Contractor to the other shall not in any way release the Contractor or the Surety from their liability hereunder, notice to the Surety of any such alterations, extensions, or other forbearance being hereby waived.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties herein on this ______ day of _____________,

20___, have executed this agreement in five (5) counterparts, each of which shall, without proof of accountancy for the other counterparts, be deemed an original thereof.

WITNESSES: As to Principal

__________________________ ___________________________________________

__________________________ ___________________________________________

WITNESSES: As to Surety

_________________________ ___________________________________________

SURETY

_________________________

_________________________ ___________________________________________

(Attorney-In-Fact)

_________________________

CPPJ-Revised 2015 01

R-1020I(11/04)

Designation of Construction Contractor as Agent of a

Governmental Entity and Exemption Certificate

General Information

Purpose of the R-1020 Form: Agencies and instrumentalities of federal or Louisiana state or local government may designate a construction contractor as its authorized agent for the purpose of purchasing construction materials, leasing and renting tangible personal property, and purchasing taxable services. Form R-1020 serves as the documentation by which the government entity and contractor document the agency relationship to vendors of materials and services. It also serves as documentation that the contractor’s purchases are sales tax exempt, and therefore serves as an exemption certificate, which the vendor must retain on file to support the deduction he will claim on his sales tax return. Effective 11-1-2004, the R-1032 exemption certificate will no longer be necessary.

Use of the R-1020 Form: The form must be signed by both parties, contractor and governmental entity. After signature, both the contractor/agent and the governmental entity must keep an original copy of the form on file, along with other documents that pertain to the construction project. (Effective 11-1-2004) Do not send a copy of the R-

1020 form to the Louisiana Department of Revenue. Retain your copy of the original certificate on file. The contractor/agent must reproduce the original copy as needed to attach a copy to each purchase order for materials for the project. The reproduced copy will serve as the exemption certificate that will document the exempt sale of materials to the contractor/agent.

Subcontractors.

A designated contractor may not re-designate his subcontractors as authorized agents for the governmental entity. Each subcontractor must obtain its own designation from the governmental entity.

Title to Property: Any materials purchased by the agent through the use of this certificate immediately become the property of the governmental entity upon delivery to the contractor/agent.

Restrictions as to Vendors: The governmental entity may choose to restrict the agent/contractor to making purchases from a pre-selected list of vendors and providers of services. This restriction, if applicable, must be incorporated into a contractual agreement between the governmental entity and the designated agent. If there are no vendor restrictions, the contractor/agent may use the R-1020 Exemption Certificate to make sales tax exempt purchases from any vendor.

R-1020 (4/12)

Designation of Construction Contractor as Agent of a Governmental Entity

Sales Tax Exemption Certificate

, an agency of the United

Legal Name of Governmental Entity

States government, or an agency, board, commission, or instrumentality of the State of Louisiana or its political subdivisions, including parishes, municipalities and school boards, does hereby designate the following contractor as its agent for the purpose of making sales tax exempt purchases on behalf of the governmental body:

Name of Contractor

Address

City State ZIP

This designation of agency shall be effective for purchases of component construction materials, taxable services and leases and rentals of tangible personal property for the following named construction project:

Construction Project Contract Number

This designation and acceptance of agency is effective for the period

Beginning Date (mm/dd/yyyy) End Date (mm/dd/yyyy)

Purchases for the named project during this period by the designated contractor shall be considered as the legal equivalent of purchases directly by the governmental body. Any materials purchased by this agent shall immediately, upon the vendor’s delivery to the agent, become the property of this government entity. This government entity, as principal, assumes direct liability to the vendor for the payment of any property, services, leases, or rentals made by this designated agent. This agreement does not void or supersede the obligations of any party created under any construction contract related to this project, including specifically any contractual obligation of the construction contractor to submit payment to the vendors of materials or services for the project.

This contractor-agent is not authorized to delegate this purchasing agency to others; separate designations of agency by this governmental entity are required for each contractor or sub-contractor who is to purchase on behalf of this governmental entity. The undersigned hereby certify that this designation is the entirety of the agency designation agreement between them. In order for a purchase for an eligible governmental entity through a designated agent to be eligible for sales tax exemption, the designation of agency must be made, accepted, and disclosed to the vendor before or at the time of the purchase transaction.

Designation of Agency

Signature of Authorized Designator Date (mm/dd/yyyy)

Acceptance of Agency

Signature of Contractor or Subcontractor Authorized Acceptor Date (mm/dd/yyyy)

Name of Authorized Designator

Name of Governmental Entity

Address

City State ZIP

Name of Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s Acceptor

Name of Contractor

Address

City State ZIP

This designation of agency form, when properly executed by both the contractor and the governmental entity, shall serve as evidence of the sales tax exempt status that has been conferred onto the contractor. No other exemption certificate form is necessary to claim exemption from sales taxes. The agency agreement evidenced by this sales tax exemption certificate must be implemented at the time of contract execution with the governmental entity. The contract between the governmental entity and his agent must contain provisions to authenticate the conferment of agency.

CHANGE ORDER

CHANGE ORDER NO.: __________ DATE: _____________________________

PROJECT: ____________________________________________________________________

PROJECT NO.: ____________________________ PURCHASE ORDER NO.: ___________

TO: ________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

You are hereby directed to make the following change(s) in this contract as per the attached itemized breakdown:

The Original Contract Sum ________________________

Net Change by Previous Change Orders

Contract Sum prior to this Change Order

Contract Sum will be (increased/decreased) by this Change Order –Attach Details

New Contract Sum including this Change Order

________________________

________________________

________________________

________________________

Contract Time will be _______________________ by ______ days

Revised Contract Completion Date ______________________

RECOMMENDED

__________________________________

ACCEPTED

___________________________________

Architect/Engineer/Project Manager

__________________________________

__________________________________

By: _______________________________

Dated: ____________________________

APPROVED

Contractor

___________________________________

___________________________________

By: ________________________________

Dated: _____________________________

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury

Post Office Box 1583

Lake Charles, LA 70602-1583

By: _______________________________

Dated: ____________________________

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

Date:

Project Name:

Contractor Name:

Description of Work:

Construction Contract Change Order

SUMMARY

COR #:

General Contractor Direct Costs -

Breakdown No.

(See attached breakdown)

Total General Contractor Cost

(General Contract Direct Cost plus OH&P)

Subcontractor Cost Breakdowns

(See attached.)

%

(Max: 15%)

Subcontractor Name

Breakdown

No.

A

Total

Direct Cost

Subcontractor Direct Costs Total

(Sum column A)

Subcontractor Direct Costs + Subcontractor OH&P

(Sum column C)

General Contractor OH&P on Subcontractor Direct Cost at

(Sum column A times General Contractor OH&P rate. )

%

(Max: 10%)

Total Subcontractor Costs

(Subcontractor Direct Costs + OH&P + General Contractor OH&P)

Change Order Subtotal

(Sum of Total General Contractor Costs and Total Subcontractor Costs)

Performance & Payment Bond and Insurance at

(Change Order Subtotal times Performance & Payment Bond and Insurance rate)

%

B

OH&P

(Max 15%)

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

%

Amount will be increased decreased unchanged by

(Sum of Change Order Subtotal and Performance and Payment Bond)

Days will be increased decreased unchanged by

(Attach supporting data such as meteorological reports)

C

Total

A+(A X B)

Construction Contract Change Order

BREAKDOWN

Breakdown No.

Item No.

COR No.

Date:

Project Name:

Contractor/Subcontractor Name:

Direct Cost of Work :

A. Labor

3

4

1

2

5

6

7

Hourly Wage Rate Hours

Add Labor Burden @

LABOR TOTAL:

%

Unit Price Unit Units B. Material

1

5

6

7

2

3

4

(Copies of invoices may be required.) Add Tax @

MATERIAL TOTAL:

%

C. Equipment

1

4

5

2

3

6

7

(Copies of invoices may be required.)

Unit Rate Unit Units

Add Tax @

EQUIPMENT TOTAL:

%

TOTAL DIRECT COST FOR THIS BREAKDOWN:

(Sum A, B & C)

OH&P %

(15% max, if applicable)

TOTAL COST FOR THIS BREAKDOWN:

Total Cost

Total Cost

Total Cost

RECOMMENDATION OF ACCEPTANCE

TO: ________________________________________________ Dated: ___________________

Project No.:__________________ Project Name: ____________________________________

Architect/Engineer: ___________________________________________________________

Contractor: ___________________________________________________________________

Using Agency: Calcasieu Parish Police Jury

I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that this project is complete or substantially complete in accordance with the plans and specifications to the point where it can be used for the purpose which was intended. It is recommended that it be accepted.

Date of Acceptance by Architect/Engineer:

Contract Date of Completion:

______________________________

______________________________

Number of Days (Overrun) (Underrun): ______________________________

Liquidated Damages Per Day Stipulated in Contract: ______________________________

Value of Punch List (Attach Itemized List): ______________________________

Was part of the project occupied prior to Acceptance? If so, portion occupied, attach

Beneficial Occupancy Form.

Accepted:

Below Completed by Owner:

_________________________________________

Architect/Engineer

Contract accepted as substantially complete by the Calcasieu Parish Police Jury on ___________________________________.

__________________________________________

President

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

Not for Recordation

Project Name:

Project No.:

Architect/Engineer:

Contractor:

OWNER:

BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY

__________________________________________________

__________________________________________________

__________________________________________________

__________________________________________________

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury

The below described portion of subject project is, to the best of my knowledge and belief, complete to a point where the user desires to use in according with the

Contract Documents.

The Owner’s occupancy of any portion of this building does not violate any applicable warranties.

Date Occupied:

Architect/Engineer

____________________

Date: __________________

By:_______________________________

Contractor

By:_________________________________

Date: _______________

Calcasieu Parish Police Jury

By: _______________________________

Date:_______________

Punch List:

NONE _______________

CPPJ-Revised 2015/01

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

A) Completion Time: The Bidder shall agree to fully complete the contract within 300 consecutive calendar days, subject to such extensions as may be granted under Paragraph 8.3, in the General Conditions and the

Supplementary Conditions, and acknowledges that this construction time will start on or before the date specified in the written "Notice to Proceed" from the Owner.

B) Liquidated Damages: The Bidder shall agree to pay as Liquidated

Damages the amount of Five Hundred Dollars ($500) for each consecutive calendar day for which the work is not complete, beginning with the first day beyond the completion date stated on the "Notice to Proceed".

CPPJ-Revised 1/2011

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

ALLOWANCES

A.

The cash allowances enumerated below include labor, materials, equipment and all appurtenances required for complete installation.

1.

Contingency: $10,000

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

ALLOWANCES

SECTION 012100

Page 1 of 1

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 012100

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

SUMMARY

A.

Alternate proposal for the work will be required as enumerated below. The

Owner reserves the right to accept or reject any and all alternate bids regardless of sequence in which alternates are listed. It is the intent of the Owner to award work in accordance with the funds available.

1.2

ALTERNATE ONE

A.

Provide (4) electric chain hoist motors.

ALTERNATES

SECTION 012300

Page 1 of 1

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 012300

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

& COORDINATION

SECTION 013100

Page 1 of 2

1.1

LIMITATIONS ON USE OF THE SITE

A.

Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage, materials and equipment on site.

B.

Notify Owner one week in advance if any utilities or existing building functions are to be disrupted. This shall include the following:

1.

Excessive noise and/or vibration.

2.

Site circulation disruptions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

A.

After notification that the Contract has been executed, the Architect shall arrange with the Owner and Contractor and conduct a pre-construction conference to be held at the project site. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that his principal subcontractors are in attendance and shall furnish to the Architect and the Owner the following:

1.

Schedule of Values.

2.

Construction Schedule, indicating start and finish dates for all Phases.

3.

Names, phone numbers, and email addresses of all contact personnel.

4.

Bond premium and insurance rates with supporting information from the

General Contractor's carrier.

3.2

GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS

A.

Pre-Installation Conference: Contractor will hold a pre-installation meeting at the project site well before installation of each unit of work which requires coordination of other work. Installer and representatives of the manufacturers and fabricators who are involved in or affected by that area of work or its coordination and integration with other work shall attend this meeting. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting dates.

B.

Installer's Inspection of Conditions: Require the installer of each major unit of work to inspect the substrate to receive work and conditions under which the work is to be performed.

1.

Installer's commencement of work indicates contractor's acceptance of the substrate as being suitable for his work.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

& COORDINATION

SECTION 013100

Page 2 of 2

C.

Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work as the integral step of starting installation.

3.3

MONTHLY MEETINGS

A.

The Contractor shall attend a monthly meeting at the project site with a representative of the Owner and the Architect. The purpose of the meetings will be coordination of scheduling as well as to provide information as to the status of the construction.

3.4

CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING & SCHEDULING

A.

The Contractor shall coordinate all work with Burton Coliseum personnel and event scheduling.

B.

Contractor shall have access to the work at any time, weekends, after hours, holidays, etc., as long as they have coordinated such with Burton Coliseum personnel. This should be taken into account in completing the project within the allowed contract time.

C.

Rain days and inclement weather days will not be accepted as a reason for any request for extension of time.

END OF SECTION 013100

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUBMITTALS

SECTION 013300

Page 1 of 5

1.1

CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A.

Deliver submittals to: Moss Architects, Inc., 3221 Ryan Street, Suite B, Lake Charles,

Louisiana 70601, (337) 433-8166.

B.

Transmit each item identifying project, contractor, subcontractor, major supplier, pertinent drawing sheet and detail number and specification section number, as appropriate. Notify the Architect in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents.

Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps.

1.

Fax transmittals are not acceptable without prior approval.

C.

Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the contract documents.

D.

Do not begin with fabrication of work which requires submittals until return of submittals from Architect with indication that no exception is taken.

E.

After Architect review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes made since previous submittal.

F.

Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.

G.

Architect's checking of shop drawings, submittals, and samples is only for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Architect's review does not relieve Contractor of his responsibilities.

1.

Contractor is responsible for dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job site.

2.

Contractor is responsible for fabrication processes and techniques of construction.

3.

Contractor is responsible for coordination of the work of all the trades, and for the satisfactory performance of all of the work.

1.2

ARCHITECT'S DUTIES

A.

Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accordance with schedule.

B.

Affix stamp with initials or signature and indicate either requirements for resubmittal or note that no acceptance is taken to submittal.

C.

Return submittals to Contractor for distribution or for resubmission.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.3

SUBMITTALS

A.

Construction Progress Schedule

SUBMITTALS

SECTION 013300

Page 2 of 5

1.

After receipt of Notice to Proceed and before commencement of construction, submit Construction Progress Schedule to Architect. After review by Architect revise and resubmit as required. Submit revised Schedule with each Application for Payment, reflecting changes since previous submittal.

2.

Comply with Progress Schedule for submittals related to work progress.

Coordinate submittal of related items.

3.

Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Show projected percentage of completion for each item of Work as of time of each progress

Application of Payment.

4.

Show submittal dates required for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and

Samples, and Product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner and those under Allowances.

B.

Schedule of Values

1.

Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 10 days after award of contract. After review by Architect revise and resubmit as required. Submit revised schedule with each application for payment, reflecting changes since previous submittal.

2.

Submit typed Schedule on AIA Form G703; Contractor's standard form or media driven printout will be considered upon request.

3.

Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each item with number and title of the major specification sections.

4.

Include in each line item amount of allowances. For unit cost allowances, give quantities measured from contract documents multiplied by the unit cost equal to the total for each item.

5.

Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit.

6.

Provide a sub-schedule for each separate stage of work specified.

7.

Revise schedule to list change orders for each application for payment.

C.

Bond Premium and Insurance Rates:

1.

Submit bond premium and insurance rates with supporting information from insurance carrier.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

D.

Shop Drawings

SUBMITTALS

SECTION 013300

Page 3 of 5

1.

Review shop drawings prior to submission to determine and verify: a.

Field construction criteria b.

Catalog numbers and similar data c.

Conformance with specifications

2.

Before submitting to Architect, submittals shall contain the following: a.

Date of submission and dates of any previous submissions. b.

Project title and number. c.

Contract identification. d.

Names of Contractor, supplier, and manufacturer. e.

Identification of the product with the specification section number. f.

Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. g.

Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. h.

Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. i.

Identification of deviations from contract documents. j.

Identification of revisions on re-submittals. k.

An 8" x 3" blank space for Contractor and Architect stamps. l.

Contractor's signed stamp certifying the review of the submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the work and of contract documents.

3.

Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail schedule or room numbers shown on contract drawings.

4.

Submission Requirements for Shop Drawings: a.

Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other contractor. b.

Submit three (3) copies for Architectural and (5) copies for Engineering submittals.

5.

If the Contractor has failed to complete the review as outlined above, the shop drawings will be returned to the Contractor without a review from the

Architect or Engineer. Any delay to the contract time will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

6.

Resubmission Requirements for Shop Drawings: a.

Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the

Architect and resubmit until no exception is taken. b.

Indicate any changes which have been made other than those required by the Architect.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

E.

Product Data

SUBMITTALS

SECTION 013300

Page 4 of 5

1.

Preparation: a.

Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. b.

Show performance characteristics and capacities. c.

Show dimensions and clearances required. d.

Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.

2.

Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: a.

Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the Work. b.

Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work.

3.

Submission Requirements for Product Data: a.

Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other contractor. b.

Submit three (3) copies.

4.

Resubmission Requirements for Product Data a.

Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the

Architect and resubmit until no exception is taken. b.

Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Architect.

F.

Samples

1.

Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: a.

Functional characteristics of the product with integrally related parts and attachment devices. b.

Full range of color, texture and pattern.

2.

Field samples and mockups: a.

Contractor shall erect at the project site at a location acceptable to the

Architect. b.

Size or area: That specified in the respective specification section. c.

Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. d.

Remove mockups at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to the

Architect.

3.

Submission Requirements for Samples: a.

Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other contractor. b.

Number of samples required: Submit the number stated in each specification section.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

4.

Resubmission Requirements for Samples:

SUBMITTALS

SECTION 013300

Page 5 of 5 a.

Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the

Architect and resubmit until no exception is taken. b.

Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 013300

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

REFERENCES

SECTION 014200

Page 1 of 1

1.1

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A.

The Drawings are those encountered in the List of Drawings and identified in the

Agreement. The Drawings, in many instances, are schematic and do not define exact locations of every part and piece of equipment. Items furnished may vary in dimension from the specific items called for in the Contract Documents. In such cases, determine exact position of each part by "on the job" measurements and drawings from equipment suppliers. Coordinate with other work.

B.

Each Specification Section governs the complete work of the title, along with work related to the title, no matter where such work is shown on the drawings or mentioned in the specifications.

1.

The outline form is used to omit repetitious use of words or word groups such as: "furnish and install", "Contractor shall", and other similar statements. Such words omitted from the text shall be construed to be included just as if they were repeated each time.

C.

The Contractor shall perform all work shown, mentioned or inferred and shall comply with all work restrictions.

D.

The Contractor shall perform all work and/or provide all equipment or devices, regardless of where included in the project manual (specifications) or on the construction drawings.

E.

Any and all work performed and/or equipment or devices provided shall be complete and operational to satisfy the intent of the contract documents.

1.2

REFERENCE STANDARDS AND INDUSTRY SPECIFICATIONS

A.

Any material or operation specified by reference to published Specification of a

Manufacturer, a Society, an Association, a Code, or other published Standard, shall comply with requirements of the listed document which is current and has been officially published on date of receipt of bids. In case of a conflict between referenced document and contract documents, or between referenced documents, the one having more stringent requirements shall govern.

B.

The Contractor, when requested, shall furnish a sworn affidavit from the manufacturer certifying that materials and manufactured products delivered to the job meet requirements specified. However, such affidavit shall not relieve the

Contractor for responsibility of complying with any added requirements of

Contract Documents.

C.

A list of abbreviations for names of technical societies, organizations, and agencies referenced in the Contract Documents is available from the Architect.

END OF SECTION 014200

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

SECTION 015000

Page 1 of 7

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 - General Requirements, apply to this Section.

1.2

SUMMARY

A.

General: Provisions of this Section simplify and do not modify provisions of the

General Conditions.

1.

This section specifies temporary services and facilities, including utilities, construction and support facilities, security and protection.

2.

Unless indicated to be optional, temporary services and facilities are Contract requirements.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction, including but not limited to:

1.

Building Code requirements.

2.

Health and safety regulations.

3.

Utility company regulations.

4.

Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules.

5.

Environmental protection regulations.

6.

Americans with Disabilities Act.

B.

Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test temporary utilities before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.4

PROJECT CONDITIONS

A.

Familiarity with Site: It is understood that prior to bidding the Contractor became familiar with the conditions existing at the site, and accepts the site and access conditions as they are.

B.

Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.

Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures.

Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist. Do not obstruct means of access and emergency egress.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

SECTION 015000

Page 2 of 7

C.

Use of Site: The Contractor and subcontractors shall locate offices, materials storage, equipment storage and maintenance area, and similar major facilities in permitted areas which do not interfere with operations required under the

Contract and operations by the Owner and Owner's separate contractors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

MATERIALS

A.

General: Provide new or undamaged previously used materials and equipment in serviceable condition. Provide material and equipment suitable for the use intended.

B.

Temporary Structures: If necessary, for protection of materials and equipment, provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar job-built construction with lockable entrances, and serviceable finishes. Provide units on foundations adequate to distribute loads safely and avoid damage to supporting structure.

C.

First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations.

D.

Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable fire extinguishers. Comply with

NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure. Comply with specific requirements of other

Sections, such as metal work and roofing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

GENERAL

A.

Temporary Facilities: Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities.

Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work and continuing use of the building. Relocate and modify facilities as necessary for properly performing the work.

B.

Duration of Use: Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay.

Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

C.

Use of Permanent Facilities: Subject to approval by the Owner, permanent items

(lights, air handling equipment, electric distribution system, and similar facilities) may be utilized by the Contractor to replace temporary facilities. Contractor shall be responsible for proper operation and maintenance of permanent facilities which are used during the construction period, and shall repair or replace all damaged components, restore consumable supplies and clean interior and exterior surfaces before Substantial Completion.

1.

Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

3.2

TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

SECTION 015000

Page 3 of 7

A.

General: Water and electric power for construction purposes will be available to the Contractor from existing municipal or parish distribution systems. Contractor shall be responsible for determining connection points. At conclusion of temporary use, Contractor shall restore connection points to original condition, or better. New in-service outlets and fixtures in construction areas may be utilized; item damages as a result of use for construction purposes shall be replaced with new ones.

B.

Water Service:

1.

Contractor shall provide piping, hoses, backflow preventers, valves and other items necessary to conduct water from connection point to the construction location.

2.

Contractor shall supervise use of water to prevent waste and prevent damage due to leaking and uncontrolled discharge.

3.

Contractor shall provide sanitary drinking supply and paper cups for workers.

C.

Electric Power Service:

1.

Contractor shall provide extension cords, wiring, switches, disconnects, fuses, lamps and receptacles, and other items necessary to conduct electricity from connection point to the construction location.

2.

Contractor shall supervise use of electricity to prevent waste and prevent injury and damage to the building due to improper and unsafe use, including but not limited to overloading and absence of grounding.

D.

Temporary Lighting: Whenever natural light is inadequate and existing or new overhead lighting is not in operation, provide temporary lighting with local switching as necessary for operations under way.

1.

Install and operate temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions.

2.

Provide sufficient temporary lighting to ensure proper workmanship. Finishing work will not be permitted in areas that are not adequately lighted.

3.

Provide and maintain lights and signs to prevent damage or injury. Keep safety lights burning from dusk to dawn.

E.

Sewer: Existing-building sewers may be used for effluent that can be discharged lawfully. If sewers cannot be lawfully used for discharge of effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the site in a lawful manner.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

3.3

TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES

SECTION 015000

Page 4 of 7

A.

General: Locate field offices, storage facilities and other temporary construction and support facilities for each access and to avoid interference with construction operations and use of the site and building by Owner's employees and the public.

B.

Field Office: Provide temporary office of sufficient size to accommodate activities on the Project site. Keep the office clean and orderly for use for small progress meetings.

1.

Equip office, plan desk, and appropriate and necessary tables, chairs, desks, files, office machines and utilities.

2.

Keep in office at all times complete sets of Contract Documents and

Architect reviewed submittals.

3.

Field office, including furniture and equipment, shall remain Contractor's property and be removed when work is completed.

C.

Storage and Fabrication Facilities: Provide storage and fabrication facilities, sized, furnished and equipped, as deemed necessary by the Contractor to accommodate materials and equipment involved.

1.

Shed may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces.

2.

Provide weatherproof coverage for outdoor storage of materials and equipment needing only limited protection.

D.

Sanitary Facilities: Contractor shall provide temporary toilets, wash facilities and drinking water for construction workers. Use of building toilet, wash facilities and drinking water fixtures will not be permitted.

1.

Comply with regulations and health codes for the operation and maintenance of fixtures and facilities for construction personnel.

2.

Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar disposable materials for each construction facility. Provide covered waste containers for used material.

3.

When the premises are occupied, locate temporary facilities where directed by the Owner.

E.

Temporary Protection: Provide temporary protection of construction in progress and completed, from damage by other construction operations and misuse.

Provide temporary barricades and enclosures as necessary to protect workers and the public from the injury.

1.

Provide temporary enclosures for weather protection, as necessary.

2.

Adequately cover and protect completed work from traffic and subsequent construction operations.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

SECTION 015000

Page 5 of 7

F.

Temporary Signs: Prepare one (1) project identification sign, 5' x 10'; install sign in location and with graphic content as directed by the Architect. Support sign on

4" x 4" posts of preservative treated wood or galvanized steel imbedded 3'-0" deep in concrete. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.

1.

Project Identification Sign: Engage an experienced sign company to apply electronic graphics. Sign board shall be fully painted (all sides and edges) with primer and exterior enamel.

2.

Temporary Sign: Contractor shall provide signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors, and as necessary for safety and to meet insurance requirements.

3.

Verify layout of project identification sign with Architect.

G.

Cleaning and Waste Disposal: Keep the construction areas, staging area, and surrounding areas free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract.

1.

Construction and Staging Areas: Comply with the following requirements in construction and staging areas. a.

Execute periodic cleaning to maintain premises free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish caused by Project construction operations. b.

Sprinkle dusty debris with water. c.

Provide adequate number of containers for collection of waste materials, rubbish and debris. d.

Remove waste materials, rubbish, debris from the side and dispose of legally. e.

Handle hazardous, dangerous and unsanitary waste materials separately.

Do not permit discharge of toxic, flammable and hazardous materials into the ground and into drains and sewers.

2.

Occupied Areas: When portions of the premises are occupied by the Owner, the Contractor shall keep such areas free from all dust and debris resulting from Contract operations (NO EXCEPTIONS). If any occupied area requires janitorial service at the beginning of any business day, a janitorial service will be called to expedite the clean-up and the Contractor will be backcharged. In such case an appropriate Change Order will be issued deducting the cost of the janitorial services from the Contractor's Contract amount.

3.

If the Contractor fails to carry out cleaning work as specified, and fails within seven (7) days after notification by Architect to commence and continue with required cleaning procedures, the Owner may perform specified cleaning and deduct by appropriate Change Order the cost the cleaning from the

Contract Amount. This right of the Owner, if exercised, shall be exercised without prejudice to any to her remedy the Owner may have under the

Contract Documents or law.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

SECTION 015000

Page 6 of 7

H.

Construction Aids: Construct and maintain scaffolds, ramps, and ladders necessary for reaching all portions of the work conveniently and safely. Provide hoists, trash chutes, lifts, carts and other equipment necessary for handling materials and debris.

I.

Staging Area: Refer to drawings for requirements, if the Contractor elects to use site area for construction purposes.

1.

If used by the Contractor, the staging area shall be enclosed with a 6' high chain link fence with gates. Erect fence and gates in accordance with the standards of the Chain Link Fence Manufacturer’s Institute.

2.

Promptly remove fence and gates at end of staging area usage. Patch postholes in pavement. Repair disturbed grass areas and re-sod. Clean area and repaint parking lines.

3.4

SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES

A.

Duration of Use: Throughout the construction period, until Substantial Completion.

B.

Contractor Responsibility: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the security of temporary facilities, storage areas, equipment and other construction facilities.

C.

Temporary Fire Protection: Provide and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonable predictable and controllable fire losses.

1.

Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.

2.

Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, stairways and other access routes for fighting fires.

3.

Provide supervision of welding operations and similar sources of fire ignition.

D.

Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, and post graphics and warning signs to inform personnel and the public of hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

E.

Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar violations of security. Furnish duplicate keys for all temporary locks to the Owner's designated representative.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

SECTION 015000

Page 7 of 7

F.

Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in compliance with environmental regulations. Minimize air contamination and pollution, and other undesirable effects. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons in adjacent inuse areas.

3.5

OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL

A.

Supervision: Enforce discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended used to minimize waste and abuse.

B.

Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good condition until removal.

C.

Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replace by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Permanent facilities may be used following removal of temporary facilities, under conditions acceptable to the Owner and Architect.

Complete and, if necessary, restore permanent construction delayed because of interference by the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1.

Materials and equipment that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the Owner's premises after use.

2.

At substantial completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities that have been used during the construction period as specified in Section 017700.

3.

Comply with additional requirements specified in Section 017700.

END OF SECTION 015000

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

SECTION 017200

Page 1 of 2

1.1

REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

A.

Maintain at the site for the Owner and Building Officials one record copy of:

1.

Drawings (one complete set of stamped prints).

2.

Specifications.

3.

Addenda, change orders and other modifications to the contract.

4.

Architect's field orders or written instructions.

5.

Approved shop drawings, product data and samples.

6.

Field test reports.

7.

Construction photographs, if applicable.

1.2

MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES

A.

Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction.

1.

Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples.

2.

File samples in accordance with the numbering system used for specifications.

B.

Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record documents for construction purposes.

C.

Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Architect and Building Official.

1.3

MARKING DEVICES

A.

Label each document "Project Record" in neat large printed letters.

B.

Record information concurrently with construction progress.

1.

Do not conceal any work until the required information is recorded.

2.

Project record documents shall be jointly inspected for accuracy and completeness by Architect and Contractor prior to submission of each monthly request for partial payment.

C.

Drawings: Legibly mark the drawings to record actual construction:

1.

Indicate depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum.

2.

Indicate horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

SECTION 017200

Page 2 of 2

3.

Indicate location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure.

4.

Indicate field changes of dimension and detail.

5.

Indicate changes made by Field Order or by Change Order.

6.

Indicate details not on original contract drawings.

D.

Specifications and Addenda: Legibly mark each section to record:

1.

Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed.

2.

Changes made by field order or by change order.

1.4

REVIEWS AND SUBMITTALS

A.

Architect and Contractor shall jointly review Project Record Documents for accuracy and completeness prior to submission of each monthly partial payment request.

B.

Before final application for payment is submitted, deliver the completed project record documents to Architect upon completion and acceptance of the work and deliver one copy of the project record documents to the Building

Department.

C.

Accompany the submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate containing:

1.

Date.

2.

Project title and number.

3.

Contractor's name and address.

4.

Title and number of each Record Document.

5.

Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION 017200

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

EXECUTION

SECTION 017300

Page 1 of 3

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

General Contract Provisions and Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements apply to work of this Section.

1.2

WORK SUMMARY

A.

This section pertains to the provision of all cutting, removing, replacing, patching, repairing, restoration, refinishing, and similar type work as necessary to existing work scheduled to remain and to new work required to be cut or uncovered. All existing facilities damages as a result of the construction activities shall be restored to a condition equivalent to that prior to the start of work, except where otherwise shown or specified.

B.

The extent of Work includes uncovering work to provide for installation of ill-timed work, removal and replacement of defective work or work that does not conform to the Contract Documents; installation of new work to be installed in existing construction, and as necessary to make the various parts fit.

1.3

RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

A.

Section 015000 – Temporary Facilities and Controls.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

MATERIALS

A.

Materials for replacement, repairing, patching, restoration and similar type work shall conform to applicable Specification Sections for new materials or work. Where existing materials and/or installations are not covered by the Project Specifications, such materials shall match existing to the greatest extent possible. All excess materials resulting from cutting and removing work shall be removed from the premises in an approved manner.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSPECTION AND PREPARATION

A.

Inspect all existing conditions of work, for possible movement or damage during cutting or uncovering procedures. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of new products. Do not proceed with any further removal or patching or repairing work if unsatisfactory conditions or defects are observed; or if any unsafe conditions exist.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

EXECUTION

SECTION 017300

Page 2 of 3

B.

Submit a written request to Architect/Engineer well in advance of executing any cutting or alteration which affects:

1.

The work of the Owner or any separate Contractor.

2.

The structural value or integrity of any element of the project.

3.

The integrity or effectiveness of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements or systems.

4.

The efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.

5.

The visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.

6.

The request shall include: a.

Identification of the project. b.

Description of the affected work. c.

The necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation. d.

The effect on the work of the Owner or any separate Contractor, or on the structural or weatherproof integrity of the project. e.

Description of the proposed work. f.

The scope of cutting, patching, alteration or excavation. g.

The Trades who will execute the work. h.

The products proposed to be used. i.

The extent of refinishing to be done. j.

Alternatives to cutting and patching. k.

Cost proposal, when applicable. l.

Written permission of any separate Contractor whose work will be affected.

C.

Should conditions of the work or the schedule indicate a change of products from the original installation, Contractor shall submit a request for substitution as specified in the General Conditions.

D.

Submit a written notice to Architect and Owner designating the date and the time the work will be uncovered.

E.

Preparation: Prior to cutting or uncovering work, provide all shoring, bracing, and supports as required to maintain the structural integrity of the Project. Prior to restoring work, properly prepare existing surfaces to receive new material such as to provide a proper bond or joining.

3.2

CUTTING AND DRILLING

A.

Contractor shall do all cutting and drilling of existing walls, partitions, ceiling, floors, etc., as necessary for installation of the new work, including cutting of holes and other openings for new plumbing, mechanical, and electrical work. Cutting shall be performed by hand or small power tools; holes and slots cut neat and to size required, with minimum disturbance of adjacent existing work. Cut holes in existing concrete slabs for pipes and conduits with core drills of proper sizes. Openings shall be covered temporarily when not in use and patched as soon as work is installed.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

3.3

PATCHING AND REPAIRS

EXECUTION

SECTION 017300

Page 3 of 3

A.

Existing work shall be cut, altered, removed, temporarily removed, and replaced, or relocated as required for the performance of the work indicated on the Drawings, work remaining in place damaged or defaced by reason of alteration or cutting shall be restored equal to its condition before any work under this Contract is begun. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all patching involving the various trades, whether or not specifically mentioned under the respective

Sections. Coordinate all patching and repair work before beginning work.

B.

Where alterations or removals expose damaged surfaces or materials caused by such alterations or removals, such surfaces or materials shall be refinished or replaced as necessary to make continuous areas uniform. Where new work by any trade occurs in an existing finished area the entire wall or ceiling surface in which such work occurs shall be refinished. Where such new work occurs in an existing unfinished area, the work shall be done to render the new work inconspicuous.

C.

Alteration work will require repairing and rearrangement of existing work, such as piping, conduits, and their appurtenances. The materials and methods of application for new work for restoring or refinishing existing work shall comply with the applicable requirements of these specifications except that materials and workmanship not covered in the completed work, particularly on items exposed to view, shall conform to similar materials and workmanship existing in or adjacent to the space in which alterations are to be made.

D.

Where utilities are removed, relocated, or abandoned, they shall be capped, valved, plugged or bypassed to make a complete and working installation as required. Resulting holes and damaged surfaces shall be properly patched to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces or prepared to receive new finishes as applicable.

E.

Surfaces affected by patching and repairing work shall be restored to match existing adjacent surfaces. Repainting of affected areas or surfaces shall match color and shade or existing painted surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.

3.4

RE-EXAMINATION AND COVERING UP OF WORK

A.

Re-examination of questioned work may be ordered by the Architect, and if so ordered, such part of the work must be uncovered, by the Contractor involved.

If such part of the work is found in accordance with the Contract Documents, the

Owner shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such part of the work is found not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor involved in the work shall pay such costs and also the cost of restoring the work of any other contractor damaged or removed. If any part of the work of the

Contractor is covered up by the Contractor without approval or consent of the

Architect, such work must, upon request of the Architect, be uncovered at the expense of the Contractor.

END OF SECTION 017300

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

SECTION 017700

Page 1 of 4

1.1

PREREQUISITIES TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A.

Prior to requesting Architect's inspection for certification of substantial completion

(for either entire work or portions thereof), complete the following and list known exceptions in request:

1.

In progress payment request, coincident with or first following date claimed, show either 100% completion for portion of work claimed as "substantially complete", or list incomplete items, value of incompletion, and reasons for being incomplete.

2.

Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these contract documents.

3.

Submit statement showing accounting of changes to Contract Sum.

4.

Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

5.

Submit specific warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents.

6.

Obtain and submit release enabling Owner's full and unrestricted use of the work and access to services and utilities, including (where required) occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

7.

Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage of settlement survey, property survey, and similar final record information as applicable.

8.

Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items to

Owner.

9.

Complete startup testing of systems, and instructions of Owner's operating/maintenance personnel. Discontinue (or change over) and remove from project site temporary facilities and services, along with construction tools and facilities, mockups, and similar elements.

10.

Complete final cleaning up requirements, including touchup painting of marred surfaces.

11.

Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.

B.

Upon receipt of Contractor's request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of prerequisites not fulfilled. Following initial inspection, Architect will either prepare certificate of substantial completion, or advise Contractor of work which must be performed prior to issuance of certificate. Results of completed inspection will form initial "Punch list" for final acceptance.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.2

PREREQUISITES TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

SECTION 017700

Page 2 of 4

A.

Prior to requesting Architect's final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, as required by General Conditions, complete the following and list known exceptions (if any) in request:

1.

Submit final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and complete operations where required.

2.

Submit updated final statement, accounting for additional (final) changes to

Contract Sum.

3.

Submit certified copy of Architect's final punch list of itemized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, endorsed and dated by Architect.

4.

Submit consent of surety.

5.

Submit final liquidated damages settlement statement, acceptable to Owner.

6.

Revise and submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

B.

Re-inspection Procedure: Upon receipt of Contractor's notice that the work has been completed, including punch list items resulting from earlier inspections, and except incomplete items delayed because of acceptable circumstances,

Architect will re-inspect the work. Upon completion of re-inspection, Architect will either prepare certificate of final acceptance or advise Contractor of work not completed or obligations not fulfilled as required for final acceptance. If necessary, procedure will be repeated.

1.3

SUBMITTALS

A.

Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other sections of these specifications for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with actual performance of the work. Immediately prior to date(s) of substantial completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to

Architect for Owner's records.

B.

Maintenance Manuals: Organize maintenance and operating manual information into suitable sets of manageable size, and bind into individual binders properly identified and indexed (thumb tabbed). Include emergency instructions, spare parts listing, copies of warranties, wiring diagrams, recommended

"turnaround" cycles, inspection procedures, shop drawings, product data, and similar applicable information. Bind each manual of each set in a heavy duty 2",

3-ring vinyl covered binder, and include pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark identification on both front and spine of each binder.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

SECTION 017700

Page 3 of 4

3.1

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A.

Arrange for each installer of work requiring continuing maintenance or operation, to meet with Owner's personnel at project site, to provide basic instructions needed for proper operation and maintenance of entire work. Include instructions by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures.

1.

Review maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. For operational equipment, demonstrate startup, shutdown, emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustments, safety, economy/efficiency adjustments, energy effectiveness, and operations in relation with applicable warranties, agreements to maintain, bonds, and similar continuing commitment.

3.2

FINAL CLEANING

A.

Provide final cleaning of the work, at time indicated, consisting of cleaning each surface or unit of work to normal "clean" condition expected for a first class building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning operations. The following are examples, but not by way of limitation, of cleaning levels required.

1.

Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels.

2.

Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and window/door glass, to a polished condition, removing substances which are noticeable as vision obscuring materials. Replace broken glass and damaged transparent materials.

3.

Clean exposed exterior and interior hard surfaced finishes, to a dirt free condition, free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable distracting substances. Except as otherwise indicated, avoid disturbance of natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to original reflective condition.

4.

Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment clean, including elevator equipment and similar equipment; remove excess lubrication and other substances.

5.

Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics and similar spaces.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

SECTION 017700

Page 4 of 4

B.

Except as otherwise indicated or requested by Architect, remove temporary protection devices and facilities which were installed during the course of the work to protect previously completed work during remainder of construction period.

C.

Comply with safety standards and governing regulations for cleaning operations.

Do not burn waste materials at site, or bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property, or discharge volatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems; remove waste materials from site and dispose of in a lawful manner.

1.

Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become Owner's property, dispose of these to Owner's best advantage as directed.

END OF SECTION 017700

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 1 of 10

1.1

GENERAL CONDITIONS

A.

For the sake of brevity these specifications omit phrases such as "Subcontractor shall furnish and install," "unless otherwise indicated or specified," etc., but these phrases are nevertheless implied. Mention of materials and operations requires the Subcontractor to furnish and install such materials and perform such operations complete to the satisfaction of the Architect’s Consultant. Exceptions are noted herein or shown on the drawings.

B.

The failure of any representative of the Owner to condemn any defective work or materials shall not release the obligation to at once tear out, remove, and properly replace the same at any time prior to final acceptance upon discovery of said defective work or material. When requested, however, the Owner's representative shall observe and accept or reject any material furnished. In the event the material has been accepted once by the Owner's representative, such acceptance shall be binding on the Owner unless it can be clearly shown that such material does not meet the specifications for this work.

C.

All equipment and installation shall be the responsibility of a single contractor.

This Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for the engineering, fabrication, transportation, and installation of the work in this Section.

1.2

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Section, apply to work of this section.

B.

Refer to Contract Drawings TR series for plans, graphic representations, schedules, and notations showing Stage Rigging System work.

1.3

SCOPE OF WORK

A.

Work under this section shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, transportation, services, and supervision necessary to complete the installation of the Motor Control System and other items as herein listed, all as described in these specifications, as illustrated on the drawings, and as directed by the

Architect’s Consultant. Any question as to the installation of equipment should be cleared with the Architect’s Consultant and Owner prior to installation. Work is comprised of, but not limited to, the following principal items:

1.

Motorized hoists and control. a.

Installation of chain hoist motor power and control system.

2.

Wire, conduit, junction boxes and all other electrical components for motorized hoist and control.

3.

Miscellaneous steel for mounting equipment.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

4.

Miscellaneous components and parts herein specified.

SECTION 116133

Page 2 of 10

5.

Portable and loose equipment.

6.

Proof of performance testing.

B.

Furnish and install complete Motor Control System with all necessary apparatus, equipment, wiring, etc., required to insure complete systems in excellent working order as specified herein and on the attached diagrams.

C.

Minor items of equipment needed in order to meet the requirements stated above, even if not specifically mentioned herein or on the drawings, shall be provided in quality equivalent to other conditions on the project with no claim for additional payment.

1.

Building structure and catwalks.

2.

Ductwork.

1.4

JOB CONDITIONS

A.

Coordinate layout and installation of rigging with other adjacent work, including structural, light fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fire-suppression elements.

B.

Verify all conditions on job site applicable or pertaining to this work. Coordinate with scheduled work of other trades. Notify Architect’s Consultant in writing of discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions prior to commencement of work or correct the same at Contractor's expense.

C.

Contractor shall take care not to damage any equipment or to disconnect any wiring other than as required to interface new system. Any contractor-damaged equipment shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Return any systems disturbed during work to found condition.

D.

Deliver materials to the job site such that they will be protected from damage.

Store all materials at building site under cover.

1.5

APPROVED FABRICATORS

A.

The electric motor chain hoist power and data control system related components specified herein shall be fabricated by the following: Motion

Laboratories, 520 Furnace Dock Road, Cortland Manor, NY, 10567, http://www.motionlabs.com.

1.6

RIGGING CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATION

A.

Qualified rigging contractors shall have been actively engaged in the sales and installation of theatrical rigging systems and equipment for a minimum of five years. In addition, the qualified contractor shall have completed a minimum of three projects of similar scope and magnitude within the last five years.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 3 of 10

Contractors not demonstrating this minimum experience at the time of bid submission will not be considered qualified to perform the work specified in this section.

B.

Prospective Contractors:

1.

AV Pro, Inc.; Contact: Amy Jackson; 972-223-8899; fax 972-223-8825; amy@avpro-inc.com.

2.

Main Stage Theatrical Supply, Inc.; Contact: Dean A. Sternke; 800-851-3618; fax 850-434-6046; dsternke@mainstage.com.

3.

StageLight, Inc.; Contact: Jerome Dunne; 800-942-0555; fax 713-942-0556.

4.

Stageworks; Contact: John Cooke; 501-375-2243; fax 501-375-2650.

5.

Texas Scenic Co., Inc.; Contact: John Owens; 800-292-7490; fax 210-684-4557; j.owens@texasscenic.com.

1.7

SUBSTITUTIONS

A.

Notwithstanding any reference in the specifications to any article, device, product, materials, fixtures, form, or type of construction by name, make, or catalog number, such reference shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgment of the Owner’s

Representative and Architect’s Consultant expressed in writing, is equivalent to that specified.

B.

All materials and equipment specified herein have been determined to provide an overall physical appearance and background of proven operation desired by the Owner, and therefore, to establish a standard of quality required for this project. If equipment or material other than that specified is proposed to be furnished, this Contractor shall be required to furnish the Architect’s Consultant with such samples as he requires, the same to be submitted by the Architect’s

Consultant to an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner for tests to determine the actual equality of the proposed substitute items. All costs and charges incurred by these tests shall be borne by the Contractor. Should such tests prove the substitute materials and equipment equal and acceptable, the

Contractor shall be so advised. However, the Owner reserves the right to examine, and where necessary, to have additional tests made by the same independent testing laboratory of the actual equipment delivered to the job site to insure that the delivered equipment is equal in fact to that specified. Should such secondary tests prove the equipment is satisfactory, the Owner will pay the cost for such tests. Otherwise, the Contractor shall pay for the test and shall proceed to remove unacceptable equipment from the job site and to provide that specified. The Architect’s Consultant's decision, based on this test, will be final.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 4 of 10

C.

The plans and specifications are based on specific equipment, accessories, processes and arrangements as indicated herein. Acceptance of the shop drawing submittal indicates only the acceptance of the manufacturer and quality and assumes that the specific requirements and arrangements are in compliance with the intent of the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all accessories, layouts, equipment, etc., and shall perform all work necessary for proper functioning and to fit his substitute items to the intent and arrangement indicated in the specifications.

D.

If a substitute system is selected, the Contractor, at no additional cost, shall provide any changes in architectural, electrical, or structural systems required as a result of the alternate system to the Owner. The decision of the Architect’s

Consultant as to the compliance of the proposed system based on the submitted data and demonstrated system shall be final.

1.8

SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES

A.

Shop drawings and equipment data sheets shall be submitted to the Architect’s

Consultant in accordance with the requirements of these specifications within 90 days after award of the contract. Failure to comply with this 90-day requirement shall be cause for disqualification of the Contractor and cancellation of the contract without cost to the Owner on the basis that the Contractor has not demonstrated the ability or intention to comply with the Contract Documents.

B.

Prepare all shop drawings under the supervision of a professional structural engineer so licensed by the state of the installation. All shop drawings shall be stamped and certified by said engineer. Structural Engineer's review shall include, but not be limited to, all elements related to overhead lifting, structural support of elements and all suspended elements provided under this section.

C.

Acceptance of submitted equipment shall be obtained prior to equipment purchasing or fabrication. If shop drawings are rejected, correct and resubmit in the manner as specified. All shop drawing information shall be submitted at the same time; no partial submittals will be reviewed. Review is for conformance with design intentions only. Review does not relieve contractor of responsibility to verify field conditions; nor does it relieve the contractor of responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations in submittals.

D.

The Contractor assumes responsibility for the accuracy of all dimensions and quantities.

E.

Shop drawings shall be performed at a scale of not less than 1/4" = 1'-0" for plans and sections and 1" = 1'-0" for details. Drawings and catalogs shall be marked to show the name of project, date, Owner, Architect’s Consultant, Contractor and/or manufacturer and supplier.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 5 of 10

F.

Drawings: Submit five (5) sets of drawings for review. Drawings shall indicate complete details and dimensions of all work to be performed. Include all equipment types and locations, clearances required, guides, chains, line sets, contractor-fabricated equipment and all other details required to describe work to be performed. Shop drawings shall contain at least the following details:

1.

Groove details for all sheaves and drums.

2.

Complete rigging schematics with weights of all equipment.

3.

Complete hanging/attachment details.

4.

Complete hardware details.

5.

Weights of all equipment.

6.

Schematic diagrams of all electrical work including motorized hoists

7.

Manufacturer’s data sheets.

8.

Indication of all variance from contract drawings.

G.

Catalog Sheets: Submit five (5) copies of catalog data sheets (8-1/2" x 11"), neatly bound in sets with title page, space for submittal stamps, and tabbed dividers between sections. Additional copies of this set of data sheets are required with as-built drawings. Catalogs shall contain data sheets, in proper order, on all equipment proposed with part or model number clearly indicated.

Provide a complete list of proposed equipment with reference to its corresponding specification section/paragraph number or equipment title.

Denote all deviations from specified equipment on the list.

1.9

RECORDS FOR OWNER

A.

Drawings: Maintain a full record set of drawings on the job to show the actual installation of the work performed. Submit four (4) hard copy sets of drawings and four (4) CDs of electronic copy in PDF format showing "as installed" work to the

Architect’s Consultant for initial review. If "as installed" documents are rejected, correct and resubmit in the manner specified.

B.

Manuals: At the time of project closeout, submit four (4) sets each of the following manuals to the Architect’s Consultant for review. Manuals (8-1/2" x 11") are to be neatly bound and include title page with the name of the project, date, Owner, Architect’s Consultant, Contractor, Contractor and/or

Manufacturer and Supplier. The manuals to be supplied are as follows:

1.

Operation and Instruction Manual, including: a.

Table of contents b.

Brief description of the operation of each system, (descriptions shall be written such that new personnel may read the manual and be able to set-up and operate the system). c.

Manufacturer's operation instructions for all user-operated equipment. d.

Small scale, clear laminated plan(s) showing the location of all equipment.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

2.

Maintenance Data Manual, including:

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 6 of 10 a.

Table of contents b.

A list of all equipment supplied by this contract with manufacturer's name, model and part number. c.

A listing of equipment manufacturer's/supplier's addresses for all equipment covered by this contract. d.

All equipment warranties and guarantees including contractor's guarantee. Explain the limits of the warranty, and whom to contact for service. e.

Manufacturer's owner and service manuals on all equipment under this contract. f.

Replacement parts lists of all major items and equipment indicating specific part ordering numbers. g.

Approved shop drawing catalog data sheets. h.

All test results required under these specifications. Videos shall be submitted in DVD format. i.

Any and all other data and/or drawings required during construction.

1.10

TESTS AND OBSERVATIONS

A.

The complete job shall be, during and/or after construction, subject to the following tests and observations:

1.

By Architect’s Consultant observations and tests conducted by him or for him in his presence. Upon notice, Contractor shall furnish not to exceed two (2) persons (one to be the job foreman) and tools to assist for a reasonable amount of time to make such tests and observations as are requested by the

Architect’s Consultant.

2.

By any Government or local authority.

3.

Operation and visual examination of all components.

B.

After completion of installation and preliminary tests by the Contractor, observation of the work shall be performed by the Architect’s Consultant. The cost of periodic trips to the job site for final observation by the Architect’s

Consultant has been provided for in the Architect’s Consultant's contract. The cost of any additional trips to the job site due to delays, omissions, or mistakes by the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor.

1.11

GUARANTEE

A.

All labor and materials provided under this contract, unless otherwise noted, shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year following the date of final acceptance of the installation.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 7 of 10

B.

The following equipment provided under this contract shall be guaranteed for a period of two (2) years following the date of final acceptance of the installation.

1.

Motorized hoist control system.

C.

All equipment with factory warranties greater than one year shall have their warranties under the Owner's name.

D.

All defects occurring in labor or materials within the guarantee period shall be rectified by replacement or repair. Contractor shall, within this guarantee period, be required to answer all service calls within a 24-hour period and repair or replace any faulty item within 48 hours after the initial service call without charge to the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

GENERAL

A.

All materials shall be new and of first quality. All equipment shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with applicable standards of the

National Electric Code (NEC), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME),

American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and

Materials (ASTM), American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), the National Fire

Protection Association (NFPA) and the National Electrical Manufacturers

Association (NEMA) plus any and all local governmental or other applicable codes.

B.

All load bearing rigging components shall be rated for overhead lifting; capable of supporting design loads as shown with minimum design factor of eight (8); and shall be of, or treated with, corrosion resistant materials.

C.

The rigging products of certain manufacturers are specified by catalog number for establishing a standard of quality. Items equal in quality and performance by manufacturers other than those specified will be permissible upon acceptance by the Architect’s Consultant.

D.

Equipment quantities are "as required" or "as shown on drawings" or "as specified elsewhere" unless otherwise noted.

2.2

ELECTRIC CHAIN HOISTS

A.

Hoists

1.

Chain hoists shall be "Lodestar" by Columbus McKinnon Corporation, Amherst,

New York.

2.

Chain hoists shall have a capacity of 4,000 pounds each.

3.

Chain Hoists shall have a chain length of 100 feet (field verify required length).

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 8 of 10

4.

Hoists shall operate at a fixed speed of 16 feet per minute and shall include limit switches. Set limit switches for high and low trims as directed by the

Owner.

5.

Hoists shall include chain containers.

6.

Each motor shall include a dead-front flange-mounted locking connector for power feed. Connectors shall have nylon bodies.

7.

Power and control shall be compatible with the Motorized Hoist Control

System.

8.

All components and assemblies shall be NRTL listed and carry appropriate labels.

B.

Accessories

1.

Provide the following accessories with each hoist: a.

Screw Pin Shackles, forged, heat treated, 5/8” with working load limit of 4.5 tons. b.

Polyester round slings, 4,000 pound working load limit minimum in a choker configuration.

2.3

MOTORIZED HOIST CONTROL

A.

Control System Functions

1.

The system shall be a control system designed specifically for the control of multiple electric chain hoists.

2.

The system shall be capable of controlling the total number of hoists specified in the drawings.

3.

The system shall consist of the existing electric chain hoist control system with addition of new hardware expanding the total system capacity. The completed system of new components shall be able to operate as a single 18hoist control system with a single 18-channel pendant controller.

4.

Control shall be via a 12-channel and 6-channel hand-held remote control pendants that shall afford the operator up and down direction selection switches, and a "GO" command button allowing direction control over each hoist.

5.

Hand-held remote shall contain an Emergency Stop "KILL" push button that shall affect a total system shutdown.

6.

The motor control system shall incorporate integrated circuit protection and electrical distribution, as well as the ability to manipulate phase rotation allowing for correction for out-of-phase operation of three-phase chain hoists.

7.

The motor control system shall provide isolated contacts for UP/DOWN control circuits for each channel of operation.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

B.

Emergency Stop circuit

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 9 of 10

1.

The emergency stop circuit shall be a hard wired circuit that does not contain any solid-state components.

2.

At a minimum, this shall be a normally closed circuit wired in series through normally closed E-stop switches, and directly controlling the line contactor(s) of the associated motor(s). Emergency stop circuits that interrupt control power to reversing contactors are not acceptable.

3.

The emergency stop circuit shall remove power from all motors in the system.

4.

Provide e-stop stations as indicated in the drawings.

C.

Control System Components

1.

The rigging control system shall consist of the following major components.

2.

Rigging Motor control cabinets as indicated in the drawings. Rigging motor control cabinets are located on the upstage wall and stage left.

3.

A detachable, 18-channel remote control hand-held unit with a 50'-0" cable.

4.

Remote control receptacles mounted on the face of each rigging motor control cabinet.

5.

Required rigging motor power cabinets. Chain hoist power and control disconnect boxes (Fly Boxes) along with associated interconnecting conduit and conductors as required for a complete, fully operational system.

D.

Approved Equipment

1.

Motion Laboratories.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION, LABOR, AND SUPERVISION

A.

Employ only fully trained stage riggers, assisted by competent common laborers, for the erection and installation of the stage equipment and related accessories herein specified. Stage Riggers shall be adequately and properly trained in the erection and installation of the style of rigging specified herein. Employ a competent superintendent on the work at all times.

B.

Install all items where indicated and completely connect and make operative as specified.

C.

Install in accordance with generally accepted theatre industry practices and the following references.

1.

USITT Recommended Guidelines for Stage Rigging and Stage Machinery

2.

Macwhyte Wire Rope Handbook (published by Macwhyte Wire Rope

Company)

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

MOTOR CONTROL & CHAIN HOISTS

SECTION 116133

Page 10 of 10

3.

Rigging Manual (published by the Construction Safety Association)

4.

Wire Rope User’s Manual (published by American Iron and Steel Institute)

3.2

INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL

A.

A representative of the Contractor, fully knowledgeable and qualified in Rigging

Systems operation, shall provide four (4) hours of instruction to the Owner designated personnel on the use and operation of this System. Designated instruction times shall be arranged through the Owner and will occur over up to two sessions.

3.3

CLEANING OF THE SITE

A.

Remove from the site all rubbish, trash, discarded packing materials, cartons, and other debris caused by daily operations. Upon completion of work, the entire area of work shall be left in broom and mop clean condition.

END OF SECTION 116133

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 1 of 26

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

B.

The general provisions of the Contract, including the Conditions of the

Contract (General, Supplementary, and other Conditions, Division 0) and Division 1 as appropriate, apply to the Work specified in this

Section.

Refer to Division 21, as well as the Specifications for the other various trades and materials and be thoroughly familiar with all provisions regarding mechanical work.

1.2

SCOPE OF WORK

A.

Furnish all labor and material necessary to provide and install the complete mechanical portion of this Contract, including plumbing, air conditioning, heating and ventilating systems as called for herein and on accompanying drawings. Parts of the mechanical division may be bid separately or in combination, at the

Contractor's option; however, it shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to assure himself that all items covered in the Mechanical Division have been included if he chooses to accept separate bids.

B.

Contractor shall refer to the Architectural and Structural drawings and install equipment, piping, etc. to meet building and space requirements. No equipment shall be bid on or submitted for approval if it will not fit in the space provided.

C.

It is the intention of these specifications that all mechanical systems shall be furnished complete with all necessary valves, controls, insulation, piping devices, equipment, etc. necessary to provide a satisfactory installation that is complete and in good working order.

D.

E.

F.

Contractor shall visit the site and acquaint himself thoroughly with all existing facilities and conditions which would affect his portion of the work. Failure to do so shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of installing his work to meet the conditions.

This Contractor shall protect the entire system and all parts thereof from injury throughout the project and up to acceptance of the work. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for the Architect to reject any piece of equipment.

1.3

DEMOLITION

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

A.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 2 of 26

The contractor shall visit the site prior to bid to determine the extent of work required to complete the project.

B.

Contractor shall coordinate demolition with owner. All equipment shall be salvaged for owner. Locate equipment as directed by owner. All equipment and materials not salvaged by the owner shall be removed from the site and discarded at the contractors expense.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Contractor shall coordinate all work with general contractor and phase work as required by project.

All equipment piping, etc. required to be removed to accommodate the modifications shall be removed.

Contractor shall maintain services to existing facilities which shall remain during and after construction is complete.

Contractor shall coordinate any shutdown of services with the owner. It is intended that the building will remain occupied during construction. Contractor shall schedule shut down of services with the owner in order to prevent disruption of building occupancy.

Contractor shall be responsible for draining down of existing systems to complete demolition. All work shall be scheduled with the owner. Contractor shall also be responsible for refilling system and removing all air in order to return the systems to proper operating conditions.

All shutdown of services shall be done during a time period approved by owner.

The systems shall be required to be back up and running each morning unless otherwise approved by the owner.

1.4

GROUNDS AND CHASES

A.

This Contractor shall see that all required chases, grounds, holes and accessories necessary for the installation of his work are properly built in as the work progresses; otherwise, he shall bear the cost of providing them.

1.5

CUTTING AND PATCHING

A.

Initial cutting and patching shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor, with the Mechanical Contractor being responsible for laying out and marking any and all holes required for the reception of his work. No structural beams or joists shall be cut or thimbled without first receiving the approval of the Architect. After initial

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 3 of 26 surfacing has been done, any further cutting, patching and painting shall be done at this Contractor's expense.

1.6

FILL AND CHARGES FOR EQUIPMENT

A.

Fill and charge with materials or chemicals all those devices or equipment as required to comply with the manufacturer's guarantee or as required for proper operation of the equipment.

1.7

BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A.

Prime bidder is responsible for all work , of all trades and sub-contractors bidding this project. It is the prime bidders responsibility, prior to submitting a bid to ensure that sub-contractors coordinate all aspects of the work between trades, subcontractors, etc. to the fullest extent possible.

B.

C.

Prime bidder shall ensure that all sub-contractors, suppliers, equipment vendors, etc., obtain all necessary and pertinent contract document information pertaining to their work prior to the submission of a bid. Contractor shall realize that different sub-contractors may furnish equipment, accessories, devices, etc. necessary for a complete and working installation, that require provision of services by another subcontractor or trade.

Bidders of all or any portions of this section or division are required to review all contract documents including but not limited to Architectural drawings, Structural drawings, Mechanical drawings, Plumbing drawings, Electrical drawings, etc. to coordinate requirements and responsibilities with and through prime bidder.

D.

E.

F.

Bidders of all or any portions of this section or division, by furnishing a bid on a portion of the prime contract are indicating that they have received all contract documents and coordinated services provided under their portion of the work with the prime bidder; they are indicating that they have expressed any pertinent questions (which would result from a detailed, thorough review of the entire set of contract documents) to the prime bidder in accordance with Division 1 requirements, prior to bidding.

All timely, pertinent, questions provided in writing prior to bids, in accordance with

Division 1 requirements, will be clarified, defined, or otherwise explained in a written addendum and/or addendums prior to bids, in accordance in Division 1 requirements.

It is not the intention of these contract documents to leave any issue relating to coordination between trades or sub-contractors vaguely defined. The intention is to define all issues, coordination matters, equipment requirements, sizes, routing, etc. to the satisfaction of the prime bidder, prior to receipt of bids.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 4 of 26

G.

H.

Bidders of all or any portions of this section or division, by virtue of the submission of a bid to the prime bidder, are indicating that they have reviewed the entire set of contract documents with due diligence and regard for the Owner's desire for a comprehensive and complete bid proposal; that they have expressed all concerns or questions requiring clarification on matters of coordination between trades and/or sub-contractors; that they have expressed any such concerns or questions in writing in accordance with Division 1 requirements.

Prime bidders, by submission of a comprehensive bid on the project are indicating that the subcontractors selected in their bid have complied with all Division 1 requirements, that they have indicated in writing, prior to bidding, all questions or concerns requiring clarification and/or explanation and have documented any and all specific exclusions involving work that would generally be considered to be work of their trade. The prime bidder shall coordinate all work so that anything excluded by the bidder of all or any portions of this section or division, have been addressed prior to bids in one of the following manners:

1.

The work has been confirmed, by the prime bidder, to be work of another trade or subcontractor (whose proposal is also being accepted). a.

b.

Clarification of the matter has been made through the prime design professional via written addendum and is clearly and mutually understood by the prime bidder and the party raising the issue/question, or seeking clarification.

The work has been accepted as the responsibility of the prime contractor directly.

1.8

VALUE ENGINEERING (V/E):

A.

Value Engineering (V/E) defined: For purposes of Division 23 and 26

Specifications, in accordance with all Division 1 Requirements and all Terms and

Conditions of proposed contract between Owner and Contractor, Value Engineering

(V/E) shall be defined as a “post bid” process, whereby the apparent low bidder

(having submitted a proposal in strict accordance with Project Contract Documents, that exceeds the Owner’s available funds for construction [AFC] for this specified project offers proposed changes (“Value Engineering”) to the work. This proposed value engineering may alter or adjust aforementioned contract document requirements in exchange for financial and/or other consideration (in response to a specific request by the Owner/Owner’s Representative).

B.

Value Engineering may not be considered, prior to scheduled receipt and review of

Bid Proposals by the Owner and an official written request from the Owner/Owner’s

Representative expressing the Owner’s desire to consider value engineering items.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

C.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 5 of 26

While it may be in the project Owner’s interest to consider the first cost money saving that may be generated via alternatives and options generated via participation in Value Engineering, Division 23 contractor shall realize that substantive offers of Value Engineering (V/E), if accepted by the Owner, constitute a design-build agreement (offer and acceptance) with the owner, and drastically change the design concept of the project, as developed by the Professional of

Record identified on the Contract Documents.

D.

E.

Should contractor offer, and the owner accept value engineering options that alter aspects of the system design, equipment, performance and/or performance verification or monitoring of respective systems, Division 23 contractor shall provide duly licensed professional engineering consultants working on behalf of the Division

23 contractor (including sub-contractors and equipment vendors/manufacturers) to review, approve and take professional responsibility for performance and suitability of V/E hybrid systems, materials or operational changes related to respective V/E items. The Division 23 contractor’s licensed professional engineering consultants and the Division 23 contractor assume any and all responsibility for the design and suitability in terms of performance, of hybrid systems installed, as Division 23 contractor’s Professional of Record, absolving the original project Professional of

Record (identified on the original Contract Documents, released for the original project Bid/Negotiation) from responsibility for the V/E hybrid systems portion of the work.

Division 23 contractor, via the offer and acceptance of value engineering items on the project agrees to provide professional engineering design services and take full and complete responsibility for the hybrid design. Further, the Division 23 contractor’s (V/E Items)professional of record (either employees, or independent consultants to the Division 23 contractor) through the offer and acceptance of V/E items, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the project owner, the owner’s original

A/E team (Professional of Record on behalf of the owner for the original Contract

Documents) their heirs and assigns in regard to the V/E changes and their impact on the Division 23 systems altered, affected or modified, in whole or in part. The

Professional of Record shown on the original Contract Documents in regard to the systems altered, adjusted, revised, modified or otherwise affected by the value engineering items implemented, shall be absolved of design responsibility as a result of implementation of V/E items, and their original use of Engineering Seals used for original Contract Documents, shall not apply.

1.9

MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

A.

The term "provide" when used in the Contract Documents includes all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work.

B.

Specific reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, shall be

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 6 of 26 interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgement of the Architect expressed in writing is equal to that specified.

C.

Coordinate and properly relate all Work of this Division to building structure and work of all other trades.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Visit premises and become thoroughly familiar with existing conditions; verify all dimensions in field. Advise Architect of any discrepancies prior to Bid Date in accordance with Division 0.

Do not rough-in for any item or equipment furnished by others or noted "Not in

Contract" (NIC), without first receiving rough-in information or determining rough-in requirements from physically examining the existing equipment, receiving specific cut sheet information from the Owner’s representative, other trades and/or

Architect. Rough-in services for “NIC” equipment as required, as the work progresses.

Provide storage and protection for all equipment and materials in accordance with requirements of Division 0 and Division 1. Replace any equipment and materials damaged by improper handling, storage, or protection, at no additional cost to

Owner.

Keep premises clean in accordance with requirements of Division 0 and Division 1.

1.10

SUBSTITUTIONS

A.

Substitutions are only allowed by approval of the Architect prior to Bid Date as stipulated in Division 0 and/or Division 1.

B.

Design of systems is based on specific equipment. If the use of other manufacturer's equipment, even though approved by Architect, involves additional cost due to space requirements, foundation requirements, increased mechanical or electrical services, the cost of such extra work shall be borne by manufacturer of substituted equipment. Even though a manufacturer's name appears in the

Contract Documents as having acceptable equipment, their equipment with different model numbers shall be classified as being a substitute to the equipment originally designed for and named in the Contract Documents. Substitute equipment, materials, etc., will not be allowed to deviate from Contract Document requirements.

Furnish all options specified or reasonably implied from the contract documents.

Specifically identify any variance is regard to submittal versus specified performance on the cover sheet of each submittal.

1.11

DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 7 of 26

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

The specific intent of these Contract Documents is to provide the various systems, equipment, etc. to the Owner complete and in a thoroughly calibrated and functional condition.

The Drawings shall not be construed as shop drawings. In the event of a possible interference with piping or equipment of another trade, items requiring set grade and elevations shall have precedence over other items. Should any major interference develop, immediately notify the Architect.

In laying out Work, refer to mechanical, electrical, structural, and architectural drawings at all times in order to avoid interference and undue delays in the progress of the Work.

Furnish all plumbing fixtures (with required accessories) shown on either the plumbing drawings or the architectural drawings. Review Architectural casework elevations and identify fixtures indicated. Provide fixtures indicated. Rough-in for all fixtures as work progress. Verify plumbing fixtures required from review of

Mechanical and Architectural drawings. prior to fixture shop drawing submittal.

In the event of a conflict between drawings and specifications, the more stringent interpretation shall govern.

Refer to Architectural portions of these contract documents for all flashing requirements and requirements for sealing penetrations of the building envelope, partitions, and related finishes or building surface. All penetrations shall be sealed, to resist air water, and water vapor movement through envelop in accordance with manufacturer requirements for this climate region or as required elsewhere in these specifications. Maintain all smoke or fire ratings with penetration sealing approach utilized in accordance with applicable codes/standards. All penetrations shall be sealed - coordinate responsibilities with prime bidder.

1.12

CODES AND REGULATIONS

A.

B.

Work shall be in full accord with the most stringent interpretation of the State

Sanitary Code, local ordinances, building codes, and other applicable national, local, and state regulations.

Equipment shall conform to requirements and recommendations of the National bureau of Fire Underwriters and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

C.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 8 of 26

Items provided under this Division shall comply with the American National

Standards Institute (ANSI) "Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities

Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People," ANSI A 117.1

D.

In the possible event of conflict between codes or regulations and Contract

Documents, the most stringent interpretation of either shall govern (provided if exceeds the requirements of other codes. In the event of an irreconcilable difference between codes or regulations notify the Architect/Engineer immediately.

E.

F.

G.

H.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

In addition to the codes heretofore mentioned, all mechanical work and equipment shall conform to the applicable portions of the following specifications, codes and/or regulations:

1.

American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers

(ASHRAE)

National Electrical Code (NEC)

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

American Gas Association(AGA)

INTERNATIONA.L Building Code (IBC)

Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

All materials, equipment and accessories installed under this Contract shall conform to all rules, codes, etc. as recommended by National Associations governing the manufacturer, rating and testing of such materials, equipment and accessories. All materials shall be new and of the best quality and first class in every respect.

Whenever directed by the Architect, the Contractor shall submit a sample for approval before proceeding.

Where laws or local regulations provide that certain accessories such as gauges, thermometers, relief valves and parts be installed on equipment, it shall be understood that such equipment be furnished complete with the necessary accessories, whether or not called for in these Specifications.

All unfired and fired pressure vessels shall be built in accordance with the A.S.M.E.

Code and so stamped. Furnish shop certificates for each vessel. Contractor shall provide and pay for first operating certificate as per State Fire Marshal Regulations.

1.13

FEES, PERMITS, AND TAXES

A.

Obtain and pay for permits required for the Work of this Division. Pay fees in connection therewith, including necessary inspection fees.

B.

Pay any and all taxes levied for Work of this Division, including municipal and/or state sales tax where applicable.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 9 of 26

C.

D.

E.

F.

All permits, fees, certificates, etc. for the installation, inspections, plan review, service connections locations, and/or construction of the work which are required by any authority and/or agencies having jurisdiction, shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor.

The Contractor shall make all tests required by the Architect, Engineer or other governing authorities at no additional cost to the Owner.

The Contractor shall notify the Architect and local governing authorities before any tests are made, and the tests are not to be drawn off a line covered or insulated until examined and approved by the authorities. In event defects are found, these shall be corrected and the work shall be retested.

Prior to requesting final inspection by the Architect, the Contractor shall have a complete coordination and adjustment meeting of all of his sub-contractors directly responsible for the operation of any portion of the system. At the time of this meeting, each and every sequence of operation shall be checked to assure proper operation. Notify the Architect in writing ten (10) days prior to this meeting, instructing him of the time, date and whom you are requesting to be present.

G.

This project shall not be accepted until the above provisions are met to the satisfaction of the Architect.

1.14

MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS

A.

Install and operate equipment and material in strict accord with manufacturer's installation and operating instructions. The manufacturer's instructions shall become part of the Contract Documents and shall supplement Drawings and Specifications.

1.15

SUBMITTAL DATA

A.

Submit shop drawings, project data, and samples in accordance with requirements of Division 0/and or Division 1.

B.

C.

Shop drawings shall consist of published ratings or capacity data, detailed construction drawings for fabricated items, wiring and control diagrams, performance curves, installation instructions, manufacturer's installation drawings, and other pertinent data. Submit drawings showing revisions to equipment layouts due to use of alternate or substitute equipment.

Where approved manufacturers and suppliers of equipment, materials, etc. are unable to fully comply with Contract Document requirements, specifically call such deviations to attention of Architect on submittals. Type deviations on a separate

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 10 of 26 sheet; underlined statements or notations on standard brochures, equipment fly sheets, etc. will not be accepted.

D.

Approval of submittals shall not relieve Contractor from furnishing required quantities and verifying dimensions. In addition, approval shall not waive original intent of Contract Documents.

E.

Failure to obtain written approval of equipment shall be considered sufficient grounds for rejection of said equipment regardless of the stage of completion of the project.

1.16

REVIEW OF MATERIALS:

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Whenever manufacturers or trade names are mentioned in these Plans or

Specifications, the words "or approved equivalent" shall be assumed to follow whether or not so stated. Manufacturers or trade names are used to establish a standard of quality only, and should not be construed to infer a preference.

Equivalent products which meet the Architect's approval will be accepted; however, these products must be submitted to the Architect a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the Bid Date.Submission shall include the manufacturer's name, model number, rating table and construction features.

Upon receipt and checking of this submittal, the Architect will issue an addendum listing items which are approved as equivalent to those specified. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL BASE HIS BID SOLELY ON THOSE ITEMS SPECIFIED

OR INCLUDED IN THE "PRIOR APPROVAL ADDENDUM", AS NO OTHER ITEM

WILL BE ACCEPTABLE.

Prior approval of a particular piece of equipment does not mean automatic final acceptance and will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of assuring himself that this equipment is in complete accord with the Plans and Specifications and that it will fit into the space provided. Shop drawings must be submitted on all items of equipment for approval as hereinafter specified.

Before proceeding with work and/or within thirty (30) days after the award of the

General Contract for this work, the Mechanical Contractor shall furnish to the

Architect complete shop and working drawings of such apparatus, equipment, controls, insulation, etc. to be provided in this project. These drawings shall give dimensions, weights, mounting data, performance curves and other pertinent information.

The Architect's approval of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of incorrectly figured dimensions or any other errors which may be contained in these drawings. Any omission from the shop drawings or

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 11 of 26 specifications, even through approved by the Architect, shall not relieve the

Contractor from furnishing and erecting same.

F.

G.

Seven (7) sets of bound shop drawings shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. These submittals shall be supplied as part of this Contractor's contract.

Any drawings not approved shall be resubmitted until they are approved. SUBMIT

ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AT THE SAME TIME. NO SEPARATE ITEMS WILL BE

ACCEPTED.

Submit two (2) prints of all mechanical room layouts showing locations of all equipment, piping, etc. to insure all will fit in space provided. Submit drawings at

1/4" scale.

1.17

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A.

Keep Project Record Documents in accordance with requirements of Division 0 and/or Division 1.

B.

C.

Prepare electronic record document set in most current Autocad release available.

Furnish one set of electronic record document (Autocad files) to Engineer and one set of Owner’s Representative.

During construction period, keep accurate records of installations made under this

Division, paying particular attention to major interior and exterior underground and concealed piping, ductwork, etc.

D.

E.

The Contractor shall obtain at his cost, two sets of blueline prints of the original bid documents by the Architect. One set shall be kept on the site with all information as referenced below, and shall update same as the work progresses. The other set will be utilized to record all field changes to a permanent record copy for the Owner.

If the Contractor elects to vary from the Contract Documents and secures prior approval from the Architect for any phase of the work, he shall record in a neat and readable manner, ALL such variances on the blueline print in red. The original bluelines shall be returned to the Architect for documentation.

F.

G.

All deviations from sizes, locations, and from all other features of the installations shown in the Contract Documents shall be recorded.

In addition, it shall be possible using these drawings to correctly and easily locate, identify and establish sizes of all piping, directions and the like, as well as other features of the work which will be concealed underground and/or in the finished building.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

H.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 12 of 26

Locations of underground work shall be established by dimensions to columns, lines or walls, locating all turns, etc., and by properly referenced centerline or invert elevations and rates of fall.

I.

For work concealed in the building, sufficient information shall be given so it can be located with reasonable accuracy and ease. In some cases this may be by dimension. In others, it may be sufficient to illustrate the work on the drawings in relation to the spaces in the building near which it was actually installed. The

Architect's/Engineer's decision in this matter will be final.

J.

The following requirements apply to all "As-Built" drawings:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

They shall be maintained at the Contractor's expense.

All such drawings shall be done carefully and neatly, and in a form approved by the Architect/Engineer.

Additional drawings shall be provided as necessary for clarifications.

These drawings shall be kept up-to-date during the entire course of the work and shall be available upon request for examination by the

Architect/Engineer; and when necessary, to establish clearances for other parts of the work.

"As-built" drawings shall be returned to the Architect upon completion of the work and are subject to approval of the Architect/Engineer.

1.18

EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Provide excavating and backfilling necessary for Work of this Division. Comply with provisions of Division 2, Site Work, if applicable.

Trenches shall be inspected by Code Authorities and/or Owner's Representative before and after piping is laid. Give Owner' Representative 24-hour notice for each inspection. If any trenches are filled without Owner's Representative inspection and as subsequently found to be deficient, the trenches shall be uncovered,

Inspected, and then re-filled, if requested by Owner's Representative.

Provide minimum 18 inches of cover or in compliance with local published frost line data (if greater than 18 inches) to finish grades or paving at water piping.

For piping, provide bell holes at trench bottom to assure uniform bearing. Accurately grade trench bottoms by instrument before laying any pipe.

Protect and maintain trenches in dry condition until piping has been inspected and approved. Immediately after approval, backfill trenches in tamped layers.

Compact fill to satisfaction of Architect and/or Owner's Representative.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 13 of 26

1.19

CUTTING AND PATCHING

A.

Comply with requirements of Division 0 and Division 1 regarding cutting and patching. Locate and timely install sleeves as required to minimize cutting and patching.

B.

C.

Cutting, fitting, repairing, patching, and finishing of Work shall be done by craftsmen skilled in their respective trades. Where cutting is required, cut in such a manner as not to weaken structure, partitions, or floors. Holes required to be cut must be cut or drilled without breaking out around the holes. Where patching is necessary in finished areas of the building, the Architect will determine the extent of such patching and refinishing.

Where return air plenums above ceilings are utilized, Division 23 Contractor shall ensure that return air openings are provided in walls run to deck, for proper return air flow back to the AHU. Cut walls as required to provide openings sized for maximum 1000 feet per minute air flow velocity through openings above ceiling.

Provide a fire damper at openings of fire walls and a smoke damper at openings of smoke walls, in accordance with Division 23 details. Division 23 contractor shall provide (where necessary) for proper return airflow and coordinate electric or pneumatic services to smoke dampers via automatic temperature control/EMS

Contractor, as required.

D.

E.

Repairing Roadways and Walks: Coordinate all roadway work with authorities having jurisdiction. Cut and/or bore under roadways for connection of utilities as required. Coordinate work through General Contractor. Where this contractor cuts or breaks roadways or walks to lay the piping, he shall repair or replace these sections to match existing, unless specifically identified as the responsibility of others.

Seal all penetrations of building envelope air and water tight. For complete closure of openings, where necessary, provide 1/8" thick elastomeric barrier anchored to materials penetrating building envelope and adjacent envelope surfaces involved seal connections with caulk and mechanical fasteners. Refer to Architectural

Sections on Joints and sealants. Seal all conduit systems communicating between conditioned and unconditioned spaces. Coordinate all work with and through prime bidder and other trades. Unless otherwise directed, caulk sealant shall be long lasting polyurethane based products, resistant to UV exposure, installed in accordance with manufactures instructions. Sealant joints shall withstand building pressure variance with respect to ambient of 0.25 inches water gauge, with no leakage in terms of air and or water vapor.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.20

PAINTING

A.

B.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 14 of 26

Painting shall be provided under Division 9, unless specified otherwise. Leave exposed piping, materials, and equipment clean and free of rust, grease, dirt, etc.

before and after painting.

Factory finished equipment, fixtures, and materials which are marred, chipped, scratched, or otherwise unacceptable shall be repaired or replaced under this

Division to Architect satisfaction, at no additional cost to Owner.

Coordinate all painting requirements with prime bidder prior to bids.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Paint all exposed piping inside and outside of building. Label all piping after painting as required. Utilize industry standard paint colors for respective system unless directed otherwise by Architect. Review proposed color scheme with

Division 23 Requirements prior to ordering materials.

All piping shall be color coded per the following:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Water Chilled Water Piping

Hot Water Heating Piping

Domestic Cold Water Piping

Domestic Hot Water Piping

Fire Protection Piping

Blue

Green

Yellow

Silver

Red

Ensure all exposed materials and equipment (tanks, storage vessels, components, panels, enclosures, etc.) are primed and painted with finish coats and protected from corrosion in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations for maximum life expectancy in ambient conditions/environment in which installed, unless furnished with a metal corrosion resistant surface such as polished or brushed stainless steel, copper, or aluminum. Clearly identify such surfaces in submital associated with each specific component furnished by Division 23.

1.21

DIVISION 21 EQUIPMENT START-UP

A.

All equipment furnished under Division 21 shall be started by factory trained personnel qualified to start said equipment. Training shall meet or exceed manufacturer’s recommendation for respective equipment. Installing contractor shall provide start-up documentation in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, or as required elsewhere in these specifications, indicating date of start-up. Coordinate start-up testing, adjusting and balancing procedures with respective subcontractors and commissioning personnel, owner’s representatives and A/E design members as required to leave equipment in good working order in compliance with basis of design - design intent.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.22

CLEANING AND ADJUSTING:

A.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 15 of 26

Upon completion of his work, the Contractor shall clean and adjust all equipment, controls, valves, etc.; clean all piping, ductwork, etc.; and leave the entire installation in good working order.

1.23

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

A.

Provide the Owner with three (3) copies of printed instructions indicating various pieces of equipment by name and model number, complete with parts lists, maintenance and repair instructions and test and balance report.

B.

COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE AS OPERATION

AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS.

C.

D.

E.

This information shall be bound in plastic hardbound notebooks with the job name,

Architect and Engineer names permanently embossed on the cover. Rigid board dividers with labeled tabs shall be provided for different pieces of equipment.

Submit manuals to the Architect for approval.

In addition to the operation and maintenance brochure, the Contractor shall provide a separate brochure which shall include registered warranty certificates on all equipment, especially any pieces of equipment which carry warranties exceeding one (1) year.

The operation and maintenance brochure shall be furnished with a detailed list of all equipment furnished to the project, including the serial number and all pertinent nameplate data such as voltage, amperage draw, recommended fuse size, rpm, etc. The Contractor shall include this data on each piece of equipment furnished under this contract.

1.24

GUARANTEE

A.

B.

The Contractor shall guarantee all materials, equipment and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the project. This guarantee shall include furnishing of all labor and material necessary to make any repairs, adjustments or replacement of any equipment, parts, etc. necessary to restore the project to first class condition. This guarantee shall exclude only the changing or cleaning of filters. Warranties exceeding one (1) year are hereinafter specified with individual pieces of equipment.

If the Contractor's office is in excess of a fifty (50) mile radius of the project, he shall appoint a local qualified contractor to perform any emergency repairs or adjustments required during the guarantee period. The name of the contractor

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 16 of 26 appointed to provide emergency services shall be submitted to the Architect for his approval.

1.25

LOCAL CONDITIONS

A.

The location and elevation of all utility services is based on available surveys and utility maps and are reasonably accurate; however, these shall serve as a general guide only, and the Contractor shall visit the site and verify the location and elevation of all services to his satisfaction in order to determine the amount of work required for the execution of the Contract.

B.

C.

The Contractor shall contact the various utility companies, determine the extent of their requirements and he shall include in his bid all lawful fees and payments required by these companies for complete connection and services to the building, including meters, connection charges, street patching, extensions from meters to main, etc.

In case major changes are required, this fact, together with the reasons therefor, shall be submitted to the Architect, in writing, not less than seven (7) days before the date of bidding. Failure to comply with this requirement will make the Contractor liable for any changes, additions and expenses necessary for the successful completion of the project.

1.26

MINOR DEVIATIONS

A.

Plans and detail sketches are submitted to limit, explain and define conditions, specified requirements, pipe sizes and manner of erecting work. Structural or other conditions may require certain modifications from the manner of installation shown, and such deviations are permissible and shall be made as required. However, specified sizes and requirements necessary for satisfactory operation shall remain unchanged. It may be necessary to shift ducts or pipes, or to change the shape of ducts, and these changes shall be made as required. All such changes shall be referred to the Architect for approval before proceeding. Extra charges shall not be allowed for these changes.

B.

C.

The Contractor shall realize that the drawings could delve into every step, sequence or operation necessary for the completion of the project, without drawing on the

Contractor's experience or ingenuity. However, only typical details are shown on the Plans. In cases where the Contractor is not certain about the method of installation of his work, he shall ask for details. Lack of details will not be an excuse for improper installation.

In general, the drawings are diagrammatic and the Contractor shall install his work in a manner so that interferences between the various trades are avoided. In cases where interferences do occur, the Architect is to state which item was first installed.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 17 of 26

1.27

VALVE TAGS

A.

Secure metal tags to all valves. Labeling on all valve tags shall include type of system the valve controls and the area of building, zone, or equipment number affected by valve operation. Tag shall be 2"minimum diameter brass, engraved with code number, service and size. A framed list of the valves, giving manufacturer's name, model number, type and location shall be mounted in the main basement equipment room.

1.28

MACHINERY GUARDS

A.

This Contractor shall provide v-belt guards for each v-belt drive or other hazardous drive. The guard shall enclose the drive entirely and shall have a hole for taking a tachometer reading.

1.29

LABELING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

A.

All mechanical equipment (A/C units, air handlers, fan coil units, fan powered boxes, water heaters, etc.) furnished under Division 23 of contract documents shall be labeled with permanent laminated plate secured to equipment. Units shall be labeled as indicated on plans and schedules.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

A.

B.

Furnish manufacturers operating and maintenance instructions, parts lists and sources of supply for replacements in accordance with Division 1.

Provide the following operations and maintenance data:

1.

2.

3.

Complete sets of final and correct shop drawings, maintenance and replacement parts manuals, and operating instructions, for equipment supplied.

Bind each set within a common binder. Index and organize with a table of contents, to permit quick and convenient reference.

Provide a minimum of five (5) days of instruction in operation and maintenance of equipment to Owner’s Representative maintenance force.

Design a 2-week period, convenient to Owner’s Representative, during which qualified personnel, including manufacturers' technicians and authorized factory trainers shall be available for Architect/Owner's

Representative instruction.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

2.2

RECORD DRAWINGS

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 18 of 26

A.

Provide "Record Drawings" in accordance with the General Conditions Governing all Contracts, indicating in a neat and accurate manner a complete record of all revisions of the original design of the work.

1.

Include all changes and provide for an accurate record, on reproductions of the Contract drawings or on appropriate shop drawings, all deviations between the work shown and work installed.

B.

Submit for approval bound sets of the required drawings, manuals and operating instructions.

2.3

IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

A.

General: Apply identification tags, markers, etc. after insulation and field painting are completed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

COORDINATION AND LAYOUT

A.

B.

C.

Study Drawings and Specifications to insure completeness of work required.

1.

Include supplementary items normal to manufacturers' requirements or standard accepted trade practices as necessary to complete work, though not specifically indicated or specified.

Verify measurements and conditions in field before starting work.

Examine materials to which work is to be applied and notify the Architect/Owner’s

Representative, in writing, of any conditions existing which are detrimental to proper and expeditious installation of work.

D.

E.

1.

Starting of work shall be construed as acceptance of conditions.

Confer with other trades, install work to avoid interference with other trades, and possible necessary adjustments to conform to structural conditions and work of other trades.

Coordinate and set inserts and locate openings in floors and walls in new construction.

1.

Locate pipes and ducts to avoid interference with other work shown on the drawings and as directed by the Architect/Owner’s Representative.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

2.

3.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 19 of 26

Keep all concealed pipes and ducts within the enclosing construction provided.

Arrange exposed work neatly in parallel runs and parallel with walls or structure, with uniformly spaced hangers and supports, and within the spaces assigned for each kind of work.

F.

1.

2.

Make coordinated layouts showing concrete work required for housekeeping pads, equipment bases and inertia masses which are cast in place, including the location of anchors and dowels.

3.

4.

Coordinate the scheduling and placing of the concrete to suit the mechanical work schedules.

Concrete housekeeping pads are to cover the full area of each piece of equipment.

Concrete bases are to be of dimension and heights to suit the equipment.

The forming and placing of concrete shall be provided under this specification section.

3.2

MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE

A.

Maintain all installed equipment and systems in accordance with the manufacturer’s published instructions, until final acceptance by the Architect/Owner’s

Representative, and take such measures as necessary to insure adequate protection of all equipment and materials during delivery, storage, installation, operating and shut-down conditions.

B.

1.

2.

This responsibility shall include all provisions required to meet the conditions incidental to the delays pending final test of systems and equipment.

Maintain and periodically clean all equipment until final acceptance.

After installation of systems has been completed, operate the system to determine the capability of the equipment and controls to conform to the requirements of the drawings and specifications prior to performance testing.

3.3

DAMAGED EQUIPMENT

A.

Any and all equipment, parts, components, etc., provided under this division which is damaged by the contractor or which is received in damaged condition during shipping, transit, handling, or during installation shall be replaced. Dented, or damaged non-structural equipment jackets or surface casings such as but not limited to water heater jackets, boiler jackets, chiller insulation jackets, etc., shall either be repaired or replaced at the option of the Owner’s Representative. If repaired, the finished product shall match original equipment exactly.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

B.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 20 of 26

Any equipment which develops surface rust, either through improper storage, handling or installation, shall be refinished by grinding the affected area down to bare (white) metal, then prepared with a rust preventive primer and finished with the original manufacturer’s touch-up paint to match existing color.

3.4

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

A.

Locate and set equipment anchor bolts, dowels and aligning devices for all equipment requiring them. Coordinate requirements of concrete work with General

Contractor and other trades.

B.

C.

D.

1.

Level the equipment and grout solid between the equipment and the surface below. Grout to be premixed grout mixed in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.

The field assembly, installation and alignment of equipment is to be done under field supervision provided by the manufacturer or with inspections, adjustments and approval by the manufacturer.

Equipment startup.

1.

Each manufacturer of equipment shall provide qualified personnel to inspect and approve equipment and to supervise the operating tests of the equipment. System commissioning shall be performed in accordance with

ASHRAE standards.

Equipment and system test operation.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Note: Equipment and system test operation is separate and apart from additional requirements of “Training and Demonstration”. Refer to individual sections for requirements regarding “Training and Demonstration”. Notify the

Owner’s Representative in advance of beginning the equipment and system test operation. All equipment testing/demonstration shall be performed in the presence of the Architect/Owner’s Representative. A minimum of seven

(7) days notice is required before equipment and system testing.

Each piece of equipment shall be operated in its system as long as required to provide proper functioning.

Perform an operating test of each complete system for twenty-four hours continuous operation as a minimum, or as long as required to provide coordination and proper functioning of all related systems and controls.

The operating criteria for each test shall be determined in advance with the

Owner’s Representative approval whenever seasonal conditions shall not produce a full design load on any equipment or system.

Certify to the Owner’s Representative that all equipment is functioning properly.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

6.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 21 of 26

Should the apparatus fail to meet the Contract requirements, adjust, repair or replace all defective or inoperative parts and again conduct the complete performance tests.

3.5

CLEANING AND ADJUSTING OF SYSTEMS

A.

Blow out, clean and flush each system of piping, and equipment as required to thoroughly clean the systems.

1.

2.

Clean all materials and equipment, and leave in condition ready to operate and receive succeeding finishes where required.

Adjust and align all equipment interconnected with couplings or belts.

B.

C.

a.

b.

c.

Adjust valves of all types and operating equipment of all types to provide proper operation.

Remove and clean elements in all steam trap bodies.

Clean all strainers. Replace temporary construction screens with new permanent screens.

Lubricate equipment as recommended by the manufacturer, during temporary construction use, and provide complete lubrication just prior to acceptance.

Permanent equipment operated during construction shall not be abused or be used in service different from its design application.

D.

E.

F.

1.

2.

3.

Temporary disposable filters shall be used during temporary operation.

All expendable media, including belts used for temporary operation and similar expendable materials shall be replaced just prior to acceptance.

Packing boxes of equipment operated during construction must be replaced just prior to system acceptance, using materials and methods specified by the supplying manufacturer.

Equipment furnished with factory finishes where damaged shall be retouched and repainted as required to present a new appearance.

Furnish and maintain protection for all of the work whether completed or in progress.

1.

Furnish and install coverings and enclosures as required.

New and existing operating equipment and systems shall be clean and dust free inside and out.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 22 of 26

Concealed and unoccupied areas such as plenums, pipe and duct spaces and Equipment Rooms shall be free of rubbish and swept, vacuumed or wiped clean at time of acceptance.

3.6

CONTRACTOR REQUESTED FIELD OBSERVATIONS

A.

During the course of, and at stages appropriate to the progress of construction, the

Contractor may request periodic field observations of the design professional. If the field observation is a request of and by the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide all necessary ladders, scaffolding, lifts, safety harnesses or other equipment in order for the Architect to safely and adequately perform the requested observations.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Requests for observations shall be made a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of the requested date of observation.

All equipment, ladders, lifts, safety nets, scaffolding, etc., shall be provided and in place for the use of the Architect.

All equipment panel covers, electrical panels, or other equipment shall be opened by the Contractor for viewing by the Architect.

The Contractor shall make available a mechanic or technician of that field in order to answer questions of the designer, make any and all adjustments and/or corrections and to assist the Architect.

3.7

PAINTING

A.

General painting is typically performed by the Division 9 contractor. This contractor shall however, either perform specialized painting as called for below in the following conditions or he shall advise the Contractor of these requirements as follows:

1.

2.

3.

Thoroughly clean all surfaces, requiring prime painting, of rust, loose scale, oil and grease.

Dry surfaces before painting.

Do not paint controls, nameplates, labels or sprinklers.

B.

C.

Paint all equipment unless otherwise specified not to be painted at the factory with one prime coat of rust prohibitive paint.

Provide field painting as follows:

1.

2.

All exposed iron work, including un-insulated ferrous piping and conduit system components, hangers, supports, equipment bases, and apparatus; prime coat with a red lead free paint.

Un-insulated duct work and casing exposed to view and exposed galvanized surfaces of conduit and piping and of equipment prime painted at the shop:

Prime coat, zinc chromate for galvanized surfaces.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

3.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 23 of 26

Inside of all duct work where visible through registers and grilles: One coat of flat black paint.

3.8

CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT

A.

Provide mechanical connections to equipment and fixtures requiring such connections which are supplied by Architect/Owner’s Representative or under other divisions.

B.

Provide unions, nipples, adapters, valves, flexible connections, and other trim required for final connections for each such fixture or item of equipment, as required for complete operation, servicing, and maintenance.

3.9

WORKMANSHIP

A.

B.

C.

Perform all work in a practical, neat and workmanlike manner with mechanics skilled in work, and using the best practices of the trade involved.

No work shall be concealed until it has been inspected and approved by the

Architect/Owner’s Representative.

Workmanship or materials not meeting with requirements of the specifications and drawings and satisfaction of the Architect/Owner’s Representative shall be rejected and immediately replaced in an acceptable manner, without additional cost to the

Architect/Owner’s Representative.

3.10

LUBRICATION

A.

All equipment furnished, installed or connected under this division, shall be inspected for proper lubrication when connected and before operation of the equipment is begun.

B.

The Contractor for the work of this division shall be held responsible for any damage to equipment that is operated without having been properly lubricated.

3.11

USE OF PREMISES AND CLEANING

A.

Remove and dispose of all waste materials and rubbish due to all construction operations under the Contract, except as otherwise noted, and keep the building free from rubbish and dirt caused by his and/or his Sub-Contractors' employees.

1.

During the entire progress of the work, rubbish removal shall be made frequently so as to prevent any potential safety or health hazard.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

B.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 24 of 26

Upon completion of the work, remove all protection, paint, putty, and other stains from all fixtures and glass and leave the premises thoroughly broom cleaned.

3.12

CUTTING, ALTERING AND PATCHING

A.

Provide all cutting, chasing, drilling, altering and rough patching required for the work of this division.

B.

Do all shoring, bracing, cutting, patching, piecing out, filling in, repairing and refinishing of all present work as made necessary by the alteration and the installation of new work.

C.

D.

All holes and openings occurring in the existing floors after equipment, partitions, floors, steel work, conduits and pipes are removed or installed shall be closed up with materials similar to the adjacent work.

The size and location of items requiring an opening, chase or other provisions to receive it shall be given by the trade requiring same in ample time to avoid undue cutting of any new work to be installed. These provisions shall not relieve the

Contractor from keeping other trades informed as to the required opening, chases, etc., nor from responsibility for the correctness thereof, nor for cutting and repairing after the new work is in place.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Include all cutting, repairing and patching in connection with the work that may be required to make the several parts come together properly and fit it to receive or be received by the work of other trades, as shown on the drawings and/or specified, or reasonably implied by the drawings and specifications.

All repairing, patching, piecing-out, filling-in, restoring and refinishing shall be neatly done by mechanics skilled in their trade to leave same in condition satisfactory to the Architect/Owner’s Representative.

Materials and their methods of application for patching shall comply with applicable requirements of the specifications.

1.

Materials and workmanship not covered by the specifications and items of work exposed to view adjoining existing work to remain shall conform to similar materials and workmanship existing in or adjacent to the spaces to be altered.

Cutting, repairing and patching shall include all items shown on the drawings, specified in the specifications or required by the installation of new work or the removal of existing work.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

I.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 25 of 26

Remove partitions, walls, suspended ceilings, etc., as necessary to perform the required alterations or new construction work.

J.

1.

Avoid damage to construction and finishes that are to remain.

Protect and be responsible for the existing building, facilities and improvements if any.

K.

L.

M.

N.

O.

P.

1.

Any disturbance or damage to the work, the existing building, and improvements, or any impairments of facilities resulting from the construction operations, shall be promptly rectified, with the disturbed, damaged, or impaired work, restored, repaired or replaced at no extra cost.

All alterations which are not indicated on the drawings nor specified herein but necessary to make good existing work disturbed by reason of the work shall be restored to a condition satisfactory to the Architect/Owner’s Representative.

All holes in masonry floors and walls are to be core drilled.

Disturbed concrete and /or cement floor areas shall be patched with approved type latex mortar.

1.

When cement mortar is used for patching, the surfaces shall be depressed a minimum depth of one inch (1").

Reinstall all weather protection work in waterproof manner.

Openings in roofs:

1.

Openings in roofs shall be kept properly plugged and caulked at all times, except when being worked on, to preclude the possibility of flooding due to storms or other causes. After completion of work, openings shall be permanently sealed.

Temporary openings.

1.

All temporary openings cut in walls, floors or ceilings for pipe or duct work shall be closed off with transite or an equally non-combustible material except when mechanics are actually working at the particular opening.

3.13

PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE SEPARATIONS

A.

Pack annular space between sleeve and pipe (insulation) and / or conduit in fire rated construction with fire retardant putty, sealant and / or caulk in accordance with

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 210000

Page 26 of 26 listed assemblies utilized on the project. Material shall be non-asbestos based and installed in accordance with manufacturers instructions for fire rating required.

B.

Penetrations of multiple items and penetrations with annular space greater than 1/2" shall be provided with approved backing material in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

C.

Fire retardant sealer and system shall meet ASTM E-84, ASTM E-814, and UL-

1479.

END OF SECTION 230010

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 1 of 13

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

SECTION INCLUDES

A.

Pipe, fittings, valves, covers, and connections for combination sprinkler and standpipe systems including exterior piping systems.

1.2

RELATED SECTIONS

A.

Division 9, Section - “Painting”: Preparation and painting of fire protection piping systems.

B.

Division 2, Section - “Excavation, Filling and Grading” for further specific trenching and backfilling requirements.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Division 22, Section - “Mechanical General Provisions”

Division 22, Section - “Mechanical Identification”

Division 22, Section - “Mechanical Insulation”.

Division 21, Section 21 31 13- “Electric Drive, Horizontal Fire Pumps”

Division 21, Section 21 13 19 - “Sprinkler Systems”

1.3

REFERENCES

A.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX - Welding and Brazing

Qualifications.

B.

C.

ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 250.

ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 300.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

ASME B16.4 - Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 250.

ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.

ASME B16.9 - Factory-made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings.

ASME B16.11 - Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-welding and Threaded.

ASME B16.25 - Buttwelding Ends.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

I.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 2 of 13

ASME B36.10 - Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe.

J.

K.

L.

ASTM A135 - Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe.

ASTM A47 - Malleable Iron Castings.

M.

ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and

Seamless.

ASTM A795 - Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and

Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use.

N.

O.

P.

Q.

R.

S.

AWWA C110 - Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings.

AWWA C151 - Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast.

NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems.

NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances.

UL - Fire Resistance Directory.

UL 262 - Gate Valves for Fire-Protection Service.

T.

U.

1.4

SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW

A.

Section - “Submittal Procedures”: Procedures for submittals.

B.

UL 312 - Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service.

UL 405 - Fire Department Connections.

C.

Product Data: Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings.

Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections.

1.5

SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT

A.

Section - “Closeout Submittals”: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

B.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 3 of 13

Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions and spare parts lists.

1.6

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the

Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

B.

Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section and shall be licensed to perform sprinkler work in the State of Louisiana.

1.7

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Conform as a minimum to UL and FM.

Sprinkler Systems: As a minimum, conform work to NFPA 13.

Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code and AWS D10.9.

Valves: Bear UL and/or FM label or marking. Provide manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body.

Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

1.8

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

A.

Refer to Division 1, Section -“Temporary Facilities & Controls”: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.

B.

Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place.

C.

D.

E.

Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves.

Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation.

Store all materials a minimum of 12" above grade when stored in exterior environment, 6" when stored on slab. Do not allow materials to contact ground.

Provide end caps on all piping to prevent dirt or other construction debris from entering piping while stored.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.9

EXTRA MATERIALS

A.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 4 of 13

Provide two sets of valve stem packings for each size and type of valve installed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

BACKFLOW PREVENTOR ASSEMBLY

A.

Backflow Preventors:

1.

2.

Provide Reduced Pressure Principal or Double Check Assembly as required by local governing authority and at a location approved by the

Authority Having Jurisdiction.

Enclose backflow assembly in a heated enclosure.

B.

4.

5.

6.

Heated Valve Assembly Enclosure

1.

2.

3.

7.

8.

9.

Provide factory assembled, heated, backflow preventor assembly enclosure.

a.

Acceptable Manufacturers

1) Hot Box

2) Safe - T - Cover

Provide insulated valve enclosure on all above ground exposed fire protection piping.

Insulation shall be polyisocyanurate foam sprayed in place with a minimum of 1-inch thickness average coverage.

a.

Dimensional stability shall be less than 2% linear shrinkage.

b.

c.

Compressive strength shall be 20 psi or greater.

Flame spread rating shall not exceed 25.

Enclosure shall be of aluminum.

Structural components shall be of aluminum.

Multi-sectional enclosures shall be fitted together with overlapping

“tongue & groove” joints.

The enclosure shall be securely attached to a concrete base with anchor brackets installed on the interior of the enclosure, through the flange base of the enclosure itself or through a stainless steel anchor hinge.

Access panels shall be provided to allow access for operations and inspections without the removal of the entire enclosure.

Heating equipment shall be furnished by the enclosure manufacturer to maintain a temperature of 40 deg F with an outside temperature of (-) 10 deg. F.

a.

Factory assembled heater shall be ETL, UL, or CSA certified.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. b.

c.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 5 of 13

Heating equipment shall be installed above the level of the backflow equipment or as required by the manufacturer of the enclosure.

Electrical power source shall be GFI protected, with a minimum of

18" clearance from the receptacle base to the top of slab.

2.2

HEAT TRACE SYSTEM

A.

Heat Trace System:

1.

Wet pipe system piping running through unheated areas and spaces shall be insulated in accordance with Division 22 - “Mechanical Insulation” and heat traced.

a.

Heat trace tape shall be UL 515 Listed for fire line applications.

b.

Heat trace tape shall be installed and then insulated. Provide applicable power kits and end strips.

1) Heat Trace Manufacturers: a) Chromalox Incorporated b) Thermon Manufacturing Company c) Tyco Thermal Controls LLC

2.3

BURIED PIPING

A.

Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151.

B.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

Fittings: AWWA C110, standard thickness.

Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket.

Mechanical Couplings: Shaped composition sealing gasket, stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers.

Listed and internally lined with cement or epoxy coated.

4.

PVC Pipe (On exterior of building) - ASTM - D2241; AWWA - C-900, Class 150-

DR-18.

Fittings - AWWA C110.

Joints - ASTM F-477'; AWWA C-111.

Mechanical Couplings - Shaped composition sealing gasket, stainless steel bolts, nuts and washers.

C.

Refer to Division 2, Section - “Excavation, Filling and Grading” for further specific trenching and backfilling requirements.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

2.4

ABOVE GROUND PIPING

A.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 6 of 13

General: Refer to PART 3 - Article 3.2 “PIPE APPLICATIONS” or on individual plan sheets for identification and type of piping where the below materials are used.

1.

All above ground fire protection piping located within non-heated enclosures shall be insulated and heat traced.

B.

Steel Pipe (Galvanized steel pipe manufactured in Korea shall not be accepted):

ASTM A53; ASTM A135; ASTM A795; Schedule 40, black and galvanized.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Steel Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel, buttwelded; ASME B16.25, buttweld ends; ASME B16.5, steel flanges and fittings; ASME B16.11, forged steel socket welded and threaded.

Ductile Iron Fittings: ASME B16.1, flanges and flanged fittings; ASME

B16.4, threaded fittings.

Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, threaded fittings

Mechanical Roll Grooved Couplings (Cut grooves not acceptable):

Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe.

a.

b.

Listed for dry or wet pipe use.

Grooves shall be rolled (cut grooves not allowed).

2.5

PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A.

Conform to the General Requirements of NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 and the additional design and installation requirements as listed below:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Provide hangers and vertical piping restraints within 12 inches on all sprinkler drops at end of branch where system pressure exceeds 100 psig in accordance with NFPA 13.

Provide hangers within 12 inches of each turn of direction (horizontal elbow) in sprinkler piping.

Powder- driven Studs are not acceptable.

Prime coat all sprinkler pipe hangers where indicated in Part 3 -

“Execution”

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 thru 8 Inch: Provide Malleable iron, Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring hangers.

Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis hangers.

Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel pipe or angle with welded spacers and hanger rods.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

8.

9.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 7 of 13

Vertical Support: Steel riser clamps.

Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddles, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support.

2.6

FIRE PROTECTION GATE VALVES

A.

B.

Up to and including 2 Inches:

1.

2.

Manufacturers: a.

b.

c.

Nibco

Kennedy

Stockham

Model T-104-O.

Model 66.

Model B-133.

Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem, handwheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends.

Over 2 Inches:

1.

2.

anufacturers: a.

Nibco Model F-697-0.

b.

Kennedy Model Hi-Riser

Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, pre-grooved for mounting tamper switch, handwheel, OS&Y, solid bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends.

300 psi pressure rated

2.7

BALL VALVES

A.

Up to and including 2 Inches (Ball valves are not to be used over 2 inches):

1.

2.

Manufacturers: a.

Kennedy KG-505-W-8 b.

Victaulic Series 728

Bronze two piece body, brass, full port, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, threaded ends. 300 psi pressure rated.

2.8

BUTTERFLY VALVES

A.

Cast or Ductile Iron Body:

1.

2.

Manufacturers: a.

Kennedy Fig. O1G b.

Victaulic Series 705W

Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 8 of 13 ends, extended neck, handwheel and gear drive and integral indicating device , and internal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC.

2.9

CHECK VALVES

A.

Over 2 Inches:

1.

2.

Manufacturers: a.

Nibco Model G917-W b.

Victaulic Series 717

Iron body, bronze trim, swing check with rubber disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends with automatic ball check. 250 psi pressure rated

2.10

BACKFLOW PREVENTER VALVE ASSEMBLY

A.

Manufacturer

1.

2.

Ames a.

Colt LFC300 Series with by-pass meter, bypass double check valve assembly, OS&Y Valves and tamper switches

Wilkins a.

Model 350 ASTDA with by-pass meter, bypass double check valve assembly OS&Y Valves and tamper switches

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

PREPARATION

A.

Ream pipe and tube ends.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Remove burrs.

Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly.

Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

3.2

PIPE APPLICATIONS

A.

Underground Pipe: Listed, lined, ductile iron pipe and fittings, 250 lb working pressure. Refer to Division 2, Section - “Excavation, Filling and Grading” for further specific trenching and backfilling requirements.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 9 of 13

Depth of Bury: a.

Minimum 36 inches depth of bury from top of pipe to finished grade in accordance with NFPA 24.

1) Provide pipe tape markers and # 12 copper trace wire over b.

entire length of pipe.

Minimum 42 inches depth of bury under driveways, slabs, parking lots, etc., in accordance with NFPA 24.

1) Provide pipe tape markers and # 12 copper trace wire over entire length of pipe.

B.

Underground Pipe: Listed CL 900 DR 18 PVC pipe and ductile iron fittings, 150 lb working pressure. Refer to Division 2, Section - “Excavation, Filling and

Grading” for further specific trenching and backfilling requirements.

1.

Depth of Bury: a.

Minimum 36 inches depth of bury from top of pipe to finished grade in accordance with NFPA 24.

1) Provide pipe tape markers and # 12 copper trace wire over b.

entire length of pipe.

Minimum 42 inches depth of bury under driveways, slabs, parking lots, etc., in accordance with NFPA 24.

1) Provide pipe tape markers and # 12 copper trace wire over entire length of pipe.

C.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Above Ground Pipe: Provide piping in accordance with the following schedule of systems:

5.

6.

Sprinkler pipe (wet pipe - 1 1/4 inches & below): Schedule 40 steel pipe screwed fittings

Sprinkler pipe (wet pipe - 1 ½ thru 5 inches): Schedule 40 steel pipe with rolled grooves and roll grooved fittings

Sprinkler pipe (wet pipe - 6 inches and larger): Schedule 10 steel pipe with rolled grooves and roll grooved fittings

Sprinkler pipe (dry pipe systems 1 1/4 inches and below): Schedule 40, hot dipped galvanized steel pipe - galvanized screwed fittings (note: electro plating not allowed)

Sprinkler pipe (dry pipe systems - 1 ½ thru 5 inches): Hot Dipped

Galvanized Schedule 40 steel pipe with rolled grooves and galvanized rolled grooved fittings

Sprinkler pipe (dry pipe systems -6 inches and larger): Hot Dipped

Galvanized Schedule 10 steel pipe with rolled grooves and galvanized rolled grooved fittings

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

7.

8.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 10 of 13

Air compressor lines: Schedule 40 steel pipe - screwed fittings

Drain lines: Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe -galvanized screwed fittings

* all exposed sprinkler pipe where indicated to be painted shall be properly prepared for painting

3.3

INSTALLATION

A.

B.

Heated Backflow Prevention Device enclosure shall be assembled and mounted on concrete pad in accordance with the manufacturer’s published installation instructions.

1.

Enclosure shall be installed plumb, level, and square.

Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13 for Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 14 for

Standpipe and Hose systems, and NFPA 24 for service mains. Refer to Division

2, Section - “Excavation, Filling and Grading” for further specific trenching and backfilling requirements.

C.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure.

Maintain gradient.

Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work.

Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

Sleeve pipes passing through partitions, walls, and floors.

Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment.

Pipe Hangers and Supports:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Install in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14 except where specifically indicated in order to raise the minimum standards set by

NFPA.

Install hangers to provide minimum ½ inch space between finished covering and adjacent work.

Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.

Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe.

Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 11 of 13

I.

J.

K.

L.

6.

7.

Electrical Service to Fire Protection Systems:

1.

Except for high voltage electrical service to fire pumps, jockey pumps, and pump controllers, if electrical circuits or services are required for the operation of the fire protection system(s) at a location selected by sprinkler designer, the sprinkler contractor shall coordinate the location and placement of required electrical circuit(s) with the electrical subcontractor. It is the responsibility of the sprinkler contractor to coordinate the number, size, type, and location of electrical circuits in the field with other trades. The fire protection contractor shall be responsible for providing and/or paying for all costs associated with providing electrical service for his equipment prior to bidding.

Drains:

Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers.

Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports or provide factory primed hangers and supports. Refer to Section - “Painting”. Hangers and supports located in areas not generally in view of the general public including crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and above suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed.

1.

Where sanitary sewer drains, storm drains, hub drains, floor drains, etc., are required for the draining of fire protection systems at a location indicated or selected by the sprinkler designer, the sprinkler contractor shall coordinate the location and placement of required drains with the plumbing sub-contractor. It is the responsibility of the sprinkler contractor to coordinate the number, type, and location of drains in field with other trades. Contractor shall be responsible for covering all costs associated with providing for and/or paying for drainage piping for his equipment prior to bidding.

Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points.

1.

Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level.

Painting: Refer to Division 9, Section - “Painting”. Coordinate the painting requirements of this section with the Contractor. Painting is typically performed by the Division 9 Contractor. This Contractor however, shall either perform specialized painting as called for below in the following conditions or he shall advise the Contractor prior to bidding of these painting requirements set forth as follows:

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 12 of 13

All sprinkler risers in stairs/stairwells and riser closets shall be painted.

All fire protection piping in Fire pump Room shall be painted.

All exposed fire protection piping in normally occupied areas shall be painted. This includes Concourses.

Thoroughly clean all mechanical surfaces, requiring prime painting, of rust, loose scale, oil and grease.

Dry all surfaces before painting.

Paint only under proper ambient conditions.

Do not paint over controls, or on equipment nameplates, factory labels or sprinkler heads.

Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting.

Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

M.

N.

Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated.

Provide sleeves when penetrating building footings, floors and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance rating equivalent to fire separation required.

O.

When installing more than one piping system material, ensure system components are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system.

Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided.

P.

Q.

Die cut threaded joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with red lead and linseed oil or other non-toxic joint compound applied to male threads only.

Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings after installation.

1.

2.

Provide gate or butterfly valves for shut-off or isolating service.

Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus.

3.4

TRAINING & DEMONSTRATION

A.

Demonstration Services: Arrange and pay for a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following:

1.

Procedures and schedules related to start-up and shut down, troubleshooting, servicing, preventative maintenance, and how to obtain replacement parts.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

2.

3.

FIRE PROTECTION PIPING

SECTION 211100

Page 13 of 13

Familiarization with contents of Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division 1, Section - "Closeout Submittals" and Division 22,

Section - "Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods."

Provide Service Manuals for each sprinkler system specified.

B.

Provide three (3) hours of factory authorized training and demonstration.

1.

2.

Refer to Section - “Mechanical General Provisions” for video taping requirements.

Schedule training with a minimum of seven (7) days notice to Owner’s

Representative.

END OF SECTION 211100

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 1 of 15

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

REQUIRED PRE-BID FLOW TESTS

A.

Prior to submitting a bid, the Sprinkler Contractor shall perform a flow test, utilizing gauges which have been calibrated within 12 months before the test, from the nearest municipal fire hydrant(s) at the Project site in order to substantiate the basis of the Contractor’s design.

1.

The Contractor shall utilize a five (5) psig reduction/safety factor in the field flow test data (static & residual) and a ten (10) percent reduction/safety factor in the flow in GPM obtained during the flow test for the basis of design in order to calculate and/or perform a hydraulic analysis of the proposed system.

B.

All flow test data shall be performed by the Contractor at no cost to Owner.

1.

2.

3.

Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative a minimum of seven (7) days prior to flow tests being performed.

Owner’s Representative shall witness all flow tests.

Provide a report to Owner’s Representative stating location, time and duration of test.

1.2

SECTION INCLUDES

A.

Wet-pipe and dry-pipe sprinkler systems. Note!: Unless specifically so noted on plan sheets, the utilization of glycol anti-freeze wet-pipe sprinkler systems for freeze protection is not allowed!

B.

C.

Sprinkler system design, installation, and certification including site work and insurances.

Fire department connections.

1.3

RELATED SECTIONS

A.

Division 31, Section - “Excavation, Filling and Grading”

B.

C.

Division 22, Section - “Mechanical General Provisions”

Division 22, Section - “Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment”

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

D.

Division 21, Section 21 11 00 - “Fire Protection Piping”

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 2 of 15

E.

Division 21, Section 21 31 13 - “Electric Drive, Horizontal Fire Pumps”

1.4

REFERENCES

A.

NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems.

B.

C.

NFPA 20 - Standard for the Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps

FM - Factory Mutual Approval Guide.

D.

E.

F.

G.

NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

UL - Fire Resistance Directory.

UL 199 - Automatic Sprinklers.

Warnock Hersey - Certification Listings.

1.5

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A.

The sprinkler system is to provide coverage for the portions of the building as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

1.

2.

Note: It is not the intent of this specification to design or to construct the sprinkler system in accordance with the “minimum” design criteria allowed by the applicable codes. Where indicated, certain areas, specific equipment or methods may exceed the “minimum” criteria required by applicable codes. Refer to Section - “Mechanical General Provisions”, Article 1.3 -

“Compliance with National & Local Code Requirements.”

The contractor shall refer to both plans and specifications in order to accomplish the design intent.

B.

C.

D.

Provide a system designed in accordance with NFPA 13 for Light hazard, Ordinary hazard, Group 1, Ordinary hazard, Group 2, or other hazard classification as indicated on the various plan sheets.

Interface the sprinkler system with the building Fire and Smoke Alarm Systems and

Smoke Evacuation systems. Coordinate electrical power requirements or control interfaces with the various sub-contractors.

Provide fire department connections where indicated. Coordinate thread patterns with the local fire department serving the site.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.6

ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

A.

B.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 3 of 15

Note: It is the intent of this section that prior to bidding, the fire protection contractor shall coordinate and either provide, or pay to provide, all of the minor electrical power and control services, circuits, wiring and conduit required for the fire protection equipment including, but not limited to the following:

1.

2.

Air Compressors

Pre-Action Cabinets

It is not the intent of this section that the fire protection contractor provide or pay for the necessary electrical service to the emergency fire pump, jockey pump, controllers or associated wiring and conduit required to connect fire protection devices (such as limit switches, flow switches, tamper switches, etc.) to the fire alarm system. Other coordination issues and requirements between sub-contractors however, remain.

1.7

PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

A.

Sprinkler Drains: “Note” - Where sewer or storm drains are required for any component of the sprinkler system such as pre-action cabinets, standpipes, risers, etc., the sprinkler contractor shall provide such drains as required to prevent spillage of water onto or within the building. Contractor shall coordinate with other trades and pay for and/or provide at the point of discharge, all floor drains, hub drains, catch basins, etc., needed for the maintenance and draining of the sprinkler system.

1.8

SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW

A.

Refer to Division 1, Section - “Submittal Procedures”: for full submittal requirements.

B.

C.

Product Data: Provide data on all system components including fire pumps (if applicable), pipes, sprinklers, valves, flow switches, pressure reducing devices, meters, and other specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. Contractor shall submit a minimum of seven (7) sets of shop drawings, hydraulic calculations, and equipment cut sheets. Contractor shall be responsible for all fees and costs as may be required for final acceptance of system(s) by all

Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

Shop Drawings: Submittal to the State Fire Marshal shall occur after Contractor has obtained an “Appears to Comply" comment on the System Shop Drawings from the

Architect/Engineer. No payment will be made to the contractor for any automatic sprinkler system work until submittal is forwarded to the AHJ for approval.

1.

Provide State Fire Marshal “Plan Review Application” with submittal. Provide

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 4 of 15

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

project name, project address, occupancy and owner on application.

Drawings shall include “Preparer of Shop Drawings” indicated on each sheet.

Drawing shall be legible and drawn to a scale suitable for proper definition and clarity. In no case shall the scale be less than 1/8" = 1'- 0". Indicate partitions or small enclosures in which no sprinklers are to be installed.

Provide graphic representation of the scale used on all plans.

Provide the number of sprinklers on each riser per floor.

Provide the total number of sprinklers on each dry pipe system, pre-action system, combined dry pipe pre-action system, or deluge system.

Provide master list of all equipment and materials which contractor proposes to install. Include manufacturer, model number, size, color, and quantity of each.

Provide the approximate capacity in gallons of each dry pipe system.

Provide the location and electrical characteristics of all air compressors, preaction cabinets, and any and all other components which require electrical services.

Provide type of fittings and joints and location of all welds and bends. The contractor shall specify on the drawing any sections to be shop welded and the type of fittings or formations to be used.

9.

Indicate piping provisions for flushing.

10.

Provide kind, type and location of alarm bells.

11.

Provide size, location, of hose outlets, hand hose, and related equipment if used.The hydraulic reference point shown on plans shall correspond with comparable reference points on the hydraulic calculation sheets.

12.

Provide full height cross section of building or schematic diagram.

13.

Provide the occupancy class or each area or room identified.

14.

All sprinklers shall be identified by make, type, orifice size, temperature rating, thermal sensitivity including if applicable, all existing heads affecting the submitted scope of work.

15.

For large storage areas, provide the storage height, method of storage, description of commodities, etc. If the project is a specialized storage design, provide a complete design statement denoting the methodology for arriving at the project area/densities.

16.

All piping shall be identified by size, type, inside diameter, and schedule.

17.

Submit layout of finished ceiling areas indicating sprinkler head locations and type, fully coordinated with ceiling installation. Provide ceiling information such as heights, architectural profiles, (vaults, coffers, furrings, etc.), construction assembly, (combustible ceiling or framing, significant combustibles in ceiling cavity, etc.).

18.

Provide sprinkler obstructions denoted (suspended light fixtures, duct work, fire alarm strobes, fire alarm horns, speakers, motion detectors, or other architectural items.)

19.

Show all HVAC openings and all ductwork over 48" in width/height.

20.

Indicate the method of maintaining the sprinkler system at or above 40 deg

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 5 of 15

F. Describe all unheated applicable areas and explain the methodology of all sizes, types, locations, etc. of freeze protection devices.

21.

Graphically highlight each hydraulic area (perimeter dashed lines, etc.) title each area on the plans with matching title on each calculation sheet.

22.

Provide the locations and ratings of fire walls, unprotected vertical openings, and other assemblies affecting sprinkler design.

23.

Provide a site plan showing location and size of city mains at street, denoting dead end or circulating or denote private supply system.

24.

Provide the total area protected by each system on each floor.

25.

Provide and indicate the location, type, and listing of each pipe hanger.

26.

Provide the underground pipe size, length, location, type, point of connection to city main, bury depth, thrust blocks, and all appurtenances

(valve types, water meters, backflow preventors, valve pits, etc.) with appropriate back-up data sheets denoting manufacturer’s fire protection equipment listing and friction/pressure loss for each device.

27.

Provide all hydraulic nameplate information.

28.

Hydraulic reference points shall coordinate between the drawings and calculations.

29.

Provide the setting for pressure reducing devices denoted.

30.

Submit hydraulic calculations, building sections, site plan indicating piping layout, detailed building piping layouts, hangers and supports locations, sprinklers, components and accessories. Indicate system controls.

D.

Hydraulic Calculations:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Verify that the water supply, test location, date (must be 4 months current) of peak demand time (or calculated adjustment) and account for test elevations at calculations. Reduce the static and residual pressures by 5 psig and calculate on this basis.

Verify the hazard classification (light, ordinary, special occupancy, etc.).

Verify the design criteria (density/sq. ft. over the hydraulic design area).

Verify the location of the design area calculated (most hydraulically

5.

6.

7.

demanding not always the most physically remote).

Verify the physical dimensions of the area calculated (design area shall not extend beyond the designated area served by each sprinkler). Sufficient length parallel to the branch lines or cross mains, as required.

Verify the densities (sprinklers flowing at or above minimum required flow rate).

Verify the pipe sizes, lengths, equivalent lengths of fittings, and flow paths

(account for all pressure losses).

8.

9.

Verify the hose demand and provide the total quantity of water and the pressure required for hose streams both inside and outside.

Confirm that the system demand is at or less than the available water supply

(include demand versus supply graph).

10.

Sprinkler Drains: “Note” - Where drains are required for any component of

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 6 of 15 the sprinkler system such as pre-action cabinets, standpipes, etc. the sprinkler contractor shall provide such drains as required to prevent spillage of water onto or within the building. Contractor shall coordinate with other trades and pay for and/or provide floor drains, hub drains, catch basins, etc.

needed for the maintenance and draining of the sprinkler system.

11.

Samples: Submit two samples of each style of sprinkler head specified.

Submit shop drawings, product data, hydraulic calculations to Architect for submittal to the Office of State Fire Marshal. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs involved and revisions as may be required to obtain approval, submit seven (7) copies.

1.9

SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT

A.

B.

C.

Section - Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate drain and test locations.

Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that system has been tested and meets or exceeds code requirements.

Operation and Maintenance Data: Include components of system, servicing requirements, record drawings, inspection data, replacement part numbers and availability, and location and numbers of service depot.

D.

E.

Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.

Provide a copy of NFPA 25 - “Standard for Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems.”

1.10

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13. Maintain one copy on site.

B.

C.

Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience.

D.

Design system under direct supervision of a NICET III Certified Technician experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Louisiana. The Fire

Protection contractor shall be licensed for fire protection work in the State of

Louisiana.

1.11

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 7 of 15

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Conform to UL, FM.

Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13.

Equipment and Components: Bear UL, FM, label or marking.

Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Provide products that are listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., or other testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

Fire Protection Contractor shall be licensed to perform fire protection systems design and installation in the State of Louisiana.

1.12

PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING

A.

Convene one week before starting work of this section.

1.

Provide seven (7) days advanced notice to Owner’s Representative.

1.13

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

A.

B.

Section - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.

Store products in shipping containers and maintain in place until installation.

Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation.

1.14

EXTRA MATERIALS

A.

Provide extra sprinklers under provisions of NFPA 13.

B.

C.

Provide suitable wrenches for each sprinkler type.

Provide metal storage cabinet in location designated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

SPRINKLERS

A.

Suspended/Finished Ceilings:

1.

Manufacturers: a.

Viking Microfast Model M -Quick Response SIN No. VK 317 b.

c.

d.

Victaulic SIN No. V 2708

Tyco Model TY 300 FRB SIN No. TY 3205

Reliable SIN R 5612

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 8 of 15

Type: Recessed 250 psi Quick Response Standard Coverage pendant type with push on thread off escutcheon.

Finish: White.

Escutcheon Finish: White.

Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

Location: In center of modular ceiling tile

B.

C.

2.

3.

4.

Exposed Area Type:

1.

Manufacturers: a.

Tyco Model TY 300 B SIN No. TY 3104 or TY 3204 b.

c.

Viking Model Micromatic HP SIN No. VK 122 or VK 124

Victaulic SIN No. V 2703 or V 2707 d.

Reliable SIN RA2514 or RA 2525

Type: Standard response 250 psi Pendant or Upright type.

Finish: Brass.

Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

Exposed Area Type:

D.

E.

1.

Manufacturers: a.

Tyco Model TY -300 FRB SIN No. TY 3105 or TY 3205 b.

c.

Viking Model Microfast HP SIN No. VK.315 or VK 317

Victaulic SIN No. V 2708 or V2704 d.

2.

3.

4.

Dry Sprinklers:

Reliable SIN RA2614 or RA 2625

Type: Standard coverage 250 psi Quick Response Pendant or Upright type.

Finish: Brass.

Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

1.

Manufacturers:.

a.

Viking Model M SIN No. VK 180 b.

c.

Victaulic SIN No. V 3606

Tyco Model DS-1 SIN No. TY 3235

2.

d.

Reliable SIN R 5714

Type: Quick response, standard coverage, pendant type with matching push

3.

4.

5.

6.

on escutcheon plate.

Finish: Chrome plated.

Escutcheon Plate Finish: Chrome plated.

Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

Guards: Finish to match sprinkler finish.

Exposed Area Type:

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.

2.

3.

4.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 9 of 15

Manufacturers: a.

Viking.Model M Sin No. VK 122 b.

c.

Tyco TY-FRB SIN No. TY 3251

Reliable SIN RA 2514

Type: Standard coverage Standard Response Pendant type 250 psi rated.

Finish: Brass.

Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

F.

G.

2.

3.

4.

Exposed Area Type:

1.

Manufacturers: a.

Viking.Model M Sin No. VK 124 b.

c.

Tyco TY-FRB SIN No. TY 3151

Reliable SIN RA 2525

Type: Standard coverage Standard Response Upright type 250 psi rated.

Finish: Brass.

Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard.

Sidewall Type - Standard Response:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Manufacturers: a.

Viking Model M SIN No. VK 116 b.

c.

Tyco TY-FRB SIN No. TY 3351

Victaullic SIN No. V2709 d.

Reliable SIN R 1235

Type: Standard response 250 psi rated horizontal sidewall type with matching push on escutcheon plate.

Finish: Brass

Escutcheon Plate Finish: Brass

Fusible Link: Glass bulb type temperature rated for specific area hazard

2.2

PIPING SPECIALTIES

A.

Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve:

1.

2.

Manufacturers a.

b.

Viking Easy Riser Swing Check Valve Model E-1, F-1

Reliable Model G

Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber faced clapper to automatically actuate electric alarm, with test and drain valve.

B.

Electric Alarm Bell:

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.

2.

Manufacturers a.

Potter Electric Model PBD-DC b.

System Sensor Model SSM24-6

Electrically operated red enameled gong.

C.

Supervisory Switches:

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 10 of 15

1.

Manufacturers a.

Potter Electric Model OSYSU-2, PIVS-B b.

System Sensor. Model OSY-2, PIBV2

Flow Switches:

1.

Manufacturers a.

Potter Electric Model VSR-F b.

System Sensor Model WFD Series

Test and Drain Valve

1.

Manufacturers a.

b.

AGF Model 1000

Guardian Model 9210

Dry Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve: Check type valve with divided seat ring, rubber face clapper to automatically actuate electric alarm, with tank mounted air compressor, test and drain valve.

1.

Manufacturers a.

Viking Model F-1, G-4000 b.

c.

d.

Tyco Model No. DPV-1

Victaulic Series No. 768

Reliable Model EX

Post Indicator Valve

1.

Manufacturers a.

Kennedy Style 2945-A b.

Nibco Model NIP-1AJ

Alarm Pressure Switches:

1.

Manufacturers a.

b.

Potter Electric Model PS10-2A

System Sensor Model EPS10-2

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 11 of 15

I.

J.

K.

High/Low Pressure Supervisory Switches:

1.

Manufacturers a.

Potter Electric Model PS40-2A b.

System Sensor Model EPS40-2

Tank Mounted Air Compressors:

1.

Manufacturers a.

GeneraL Air Model OL900V100ACT b.

c.

Jenny Model K15S-30UMS

C-Aire Model S900

Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fitting for Fire Protection Service:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Manufacturer: FlexHead Industries, Inc.

a.

Substitutions: Allowed if substitute product meets regulatory requirements, performance criteria and material specifications listed below.

Description: a.

Regulatory Requirements: Provide flexible stainless steel hose fittings that comply with the following requirements:

1) In accordance with General Requirements contained in

2) specification.

In accordance with NFPA 13.

Performance Criteria: Comply with the following to suit project requirements: a.

FM 1637 Approval Standard for Flexible Sprinkler Hose with

Treaded End Fittings b.

c.

UL 2443 Standard for Flexible Sprinkler Hose with Fitting for Fire

Protection Service.

ICC-ES AC-156 Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Qualification by

Shake-Table Testing of Nonstructural Components and System

Materials: FlexHead Commercial Sprinkler Connection a.

FlexHead flexible stainless steel hose assemblies:

1) Straight Hose Assembly Lengths: (2 ft length, Model #2024)

(3 ft. length, Model #2035) (4 ft. length, Model #2048) (5 ft.

length, Model #2060) (6 ft. length, Model #2072) a) b)

½ inch outlet

175 psi maximum rated pressure.

c) Fully welded non-mechanical fittings, braided, leaktested with minimum 1 inch true-bore internal

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. b.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 12 of 15

2) corrugated hose diameter made of 100% 304 stainless steel including end fittings.

Elbow Hose Assembly Lengths (for use in confined spaces):

(2 ft. length, Model # 2024E) (3ft length, Model #2036E) ( 4 ft. length, Model #2048E) (5 ft. length, Model #2060E) (6 ft.

length, Model #2072E) a) ½ inch outlet b) c)

175 psi maximum rated pressure.

Fully welded non-mechanical fittings, braided, leaktested with minimum 1 inch true-bore internal corrugated hose diameter made of 100% 304 stainless steel including end fittings.

FlexHead Ceiling Bracket: Direct attachment type having integrated snap-on clip ends positively attached to the ceiling using tamper–resistant screws and removable attachment hub with set screw for attaching and adjusting flexible hose.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION

A.

Install in accordance with NFPA 13.

B.

C.

Install equipment in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. Provide post indicator.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Provide approved double detector check valve assembly at sprinkler system water source connection.

Locate outside alarm gong on building wall as indicated.

Place pipe runs to minimize obstruction to other work.

Piping and heads in exposed ceilings shall be run as high as possible above lights, between ductwork, etc. as permitted by code. Layout shall be reviewed by architect and engineer prior to installation.

Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings.

H.

I.

J.

Center sprinklers in two directions in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required, dependent upon spacing and coordination with ceiling elements.

Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinklers, cover plates, and sprinkler escutcheons do not receive field paint finish. Remove after painting.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

Replace painted sprinklers.

K.

L.

M.

Flush entire piping system of foreign matter.

Install guards on sprinklers where indicated.

Hydrostatically test entire system.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 13 of 15

N.

Require test be witnessed by Fire Marshal and Architect.

3.2

INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS

A.

Ensure required devices are installed and connected as required to fire alarm system.

3.3

PAINTING

A.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

1.

2.

3.

Refer to Section - “Mechanical General Provisions” for painting requirements and

Section 09990 - “Painting”. Coordinate the painting requirements of this section with the Contractor. Painting is typically performed by the Division 9 Contractor. This

Contractor however, shall either perform specialized painting as called for below in the following conditions or he shall advise the Contractor prior to bidding of these painting requirements set forth as follows:

All sprinkler risers in stairs/stairwells and riser closets shall be painted.

All fire protection piping in Fire pump Room shall be painted.

Where piping and heads are exposed in areas where there is no ceiling and concrete, ductwork, etc. is painted, sprinkler piping shall also be painted to match.

Thoroughly clean all mechanical surfaces, requiring prime painting, of rust, loose scale, oil and grease.

Dry all surfaces before painting.

Paint only under proper ambient conditions.

Do not paint over controls, or on equipment nameplates, factory labels or sprinkler heads.

Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting.

Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.

3.4

TRAINING & DEMONSTRATION

A.

Demonstration Services: Arrange and pay for a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following:

1.

Procedures and schedules related to start-up and shut down,

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 14 of 15 troubleshooting, servicing, preventative maintenance, and how to obtain replacement parts.

2.

3.

Familiarization with contents of Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division 1, Section- "Closeout Submittals" and Division 15,

Section - "Basic Mechanical Requirements."

Provide Service Manuals for each sprinkler system specified.

B.

Provide three (3) hours of factory authorized training.

1.

2.

Refer to Section - “Mechanical General Provisions” for video taping requirements.

Provide seven (7) days advanced notice to Owner’s Representative.

3.5

INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

A.

All fees, etc. for the installation, inspection, or construction of the work which are required by any authority and/or agencies having jurisdiction, shall be obtained and paid for by the contractor.

B.

C.

D.

All inspections, examination, and tests required shall be arranged and paid for by the contractor as necessary to obtain complete and final acceptance of the Fire

Protection System. The contractor shall deliver certificates of all such inspections to the Architect/Engineer.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Maintenance Instructions to the Owners: After installation of this system is completed and before it is accepted by the owner, the sprinkler contractor shall instruct the maintenance personnel on the care and maintenance of this system.

Included in these instructions shall be the following:

1.

Two (2) original copies of NFPA 25 shall be furnished to the owner's maintenance personnel.

Normal conditions of the sprinkler system.

Weekly test of alarm valve.

Weekly test of waterflow indicator.

Semi-Annual test of alarm valve and water flow indicator.

6.

7.

Abnormal conditions and corrections.

Maintenance.

After the above instruction has been completed, this contractor shall notify the

Architect/Engineer by letter of such. This letter should state the name(s) of the individuals receiving instructions.

3.6

INSPECTIONS

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

A.

SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

SECTION 211319

Page 15 of 15

For a period of one (1) year after acceptance, this contractor shall make two (2) inspections on the sprinkler system. One shall be six (6) months after acceptance and the other one (1) year after acceptance. This contractor shall furnish the owner with all inspection certificates after each inspection and furnish the architect with two copies of the inspection certificate. After one year, the owner shall be responsible for arranging for inspections by a qualified sprinkler contractor.

END OF SECTION 21 13 19

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 1 of 12

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

SECTION INCLUDES

A.

Complete fire pump package including electric motor drive, horizontal, base-mounted fire pump, jockey pump, jockey pump controller, and fire pump controller and accessories including the following:

1.

2.

Electric jockey pump.

Controllers.

1.2

RELATED SECTIONS

A.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions, apply to work of this section.

B.

Division 3, Section 03300 - “Cast-In-Place Concrete”

C.

D.

E.

F.

Division 22, Section- “Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment”.

Division 21, Section 21 11 00 - “Fire Protection Piping”.

Division 21 , Section 21 13 19 - “Sprinkler System”.

Division 26, Electrical

1.3

REFERENCES

A.

FM P7825 - Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition.

B.

NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers

Association; 2011.

C.

D.

E.

F.

NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum);

National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2008.

NFPA 13 - Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems; National Fire

Protection Association; 2013.

NFPA 20 - Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps; National Fire Protection

Association; 2013.

NFPA 24 - Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

Appurtenances; National Fire Protection Association; 2013.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 2 of 12

G.

H.

NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2011

UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition.

I.

UL 448 - Pumps for Fire Protection Service; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.;

2007.

J.

UL 1478 - Fire Pump Relief Valves; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 2004.

1.4

DEFINITIONS

A.

B.

C.

D.

Fire Pump: Pump used to supply water at rated capacity and total rated head required for fire-protection service.

Fire Pump Unit: Assembled unit consisting of fire pump, driver, controller, and accessories.

Horizontal Fire Pump: Horizontal-mounting, axially split case fire pump.

Pressure-Maintenance Pump: Pump used to maintain water pressure in a sprinkler system.

E.

Pressure-Maintenance Pump Unit: Assembled unit consisting of pressuremaintenance pump, driver, controller, and accessories.

1.5

SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A.

B.

Provide fire pump systems that include fire pump units, pressure-maintenance pump units, accessories, and piping that as a minimum, comply with performance requirements specified and are compatible with building fireprotection systems.

Pump, Equipment, Accessory, and Piping Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum, except where a higher rating is indicated.

1.

Note: Provide pressure reducing valve(s) at fire pump.

1.6

SUBMITTALS

A.

B.

Refer to Section - “Submittal Procedures”, for submittal procedures of equipment.

Product Data: Provide manufacturers literature including general assembly,

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 3 of 12 pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system, operating point indicated, NPSH curve, controls, wiring diagrams, and service connections.

C.

Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, general assembly, components, dimensions, weights, clearances, and methods of assembly.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Test Reports: Indicate results of hydrostatic test and field acceptance tests.

Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate support details, connection requirements, for fire pump system.

Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and accessories.

Certificates: Certify that fire pumps meet or exceed specified requirements at specified operating conditions and that the installation complies with regulatory requirements. Submit summary and results of shop tests performed in accordance with NFPA 20.

H.

Operation Data: Include manufacturers instructions, start-up data, troubleshooting check lists, for pumps, drivers, and controllers.

I.

1.7

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

As a minimum, comply with NFPA 20 - "Standard for the Installation of

Centrifugal Fire Pumps" for fire pumps, drivers, controllers, accessories, and installation, and NFPA 13; where requirements differ, comply with the most stringent.

B.

Design fire pump system under direct supervision of a NICET III Designer experienced in design of this Work.

C.

Maintenance Data: Include manufacturers literature, cleaning procedures, replacement parts lists, and repair data for pumps, drivers and controllers.

D.

E.

F.

Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 20 and NFPA 37. Maintain one copy on site.

Equipment and Components: Bearing UL label or marking.

Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters

Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. section and approved by manufacturer.

G.

H.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 4 of 12

Provide certificate of compliance from authority have jurisdiction indicating approval of field acceptance tests.

Manufacturer Qualifications: Firms whose fire pumps, pressure maintenance pumps, drivers, controllers, and accessories are listed by product name and manufacturer in the UL "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" and FM "Approval

Guide" and that as a minimum, comply with requirements indicated. The following listings are not required:

I.

1.

2.

3.

UL listing and FM approval of pressure-maintenance pumps.

FM approval of pressure-maintenance pump controllers.

UL listing of flow-measuring systems.

Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain all fire pump units and pressuremaintenance-pump units, components, and accessories from a single manufacturer. Include a source with responsibility and accountability to answer and resolve problems regarding compatibility, installation, performance, and acceptance of units.

J.

K.

L.

M.

N.

O.

Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on equipment made to specified standards.

As a minimum, comply with all local fire department/marshal standards pertaining to material, hose threads, locations and installation.

As a minimum, comply with requirements of NFPA 70 - "National Electrical

Code" for electrical materials and installation.

As a minimum, comply with requirements of FM "Approval Guide" applicable to fire pumps, drivers, controllers, and accessories, and provide system capable of

FM acceptance.

Regulatory Requirements: As a minimum, comply with provisions of the following:

1.

2.

ASME B31.9 "Building Services Piping" for water supply and drain piping materials, products, and installation.

ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code," Section IX, "Welding and

Brazing Qualifications" for qualifications for welding processes and operators.

Manufacturer's Factory Tests: Perform factory test for each fire pump.

3.

Design Criteria: The Drawings indicate sizes, profiles, connections, and

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 5 of 12 dimensional requirements of fire pump and pressure-maintenance pump units and are based on specific manufacturer types and models indicated. Pump units having equal performance characteristics by other manufacturers may be considered, provided that deviations in dimensions and profiles do not change the design concept or intended performance as judged by the Architect. The burden of proof for equality of units is on the proposer.

1.8

PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING

A.

Convene ten (10) days before starting work of this section.

1.9

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

A.

Preparation for Shipping: After assembling and testing fire pumps and pressuremaintenance pumps, clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces and treat with an anti-corrosion compound. Protect flanges, pipe openings, and nozzles.

B.

Pump(s) shall be stored and handled per manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Deliver pump(s) from the factory properly secured, crated, and protected with factory plastic shrink wrap or other protective wrap.

Lift and support pump(s) with the manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.

Disassemble and reassemble pump(s) as required for movement into the final location following manufacturer's written instructions.

Deliver pump(s) as a factory-assembled unit to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with protective crating and covering.

Store pump(s) to prevent damage to pump(s). Store units out of the elements and maintain factory protective covering until ready for installation.

C.

D.

E.

Lift and support pump(s) with the manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.

Disassemble and reassemble pump(s) as required for movement into the final location following manufacturer's written instructions.

Deliver pump units as a factory-assembled unit to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with protective crating and covering.

F.

G.

Store fire pumps, pressure-maintenance pumps, drivers, controllers, and accessories in a clean dry place.

Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 6 of 12

H.

I.

J.

Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, or other foreign matter.

Extended Storage Greater Than 5 Days: Dry internal parts with hot air or vacuum-producing device to prevent rusting. Upon drying, coat internal parts with protective liquid, such as light oil. Dismantle bearings and couplings, dry and coat with acid-free heavy oil, and then tag and store in a dry location.

As a minimum, comply with manufacturer's rigging instructions for handling.

K.

Protect fire pumps and components from physical damage including effects of weather, water, and construction debris.

Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps, and maintain in place until installation.

L.

1.10

MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A.

Provide service and maintenance of fire pump, driver, and controller for one year from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

MANUFACTURERS

A.

Acceptable Manufacturers:

1.

2.

Aurora a.

Model 6-481-15C b.

1770 RPM

Patterson a.

b.

Model 8 x 6 MI

1750 RPM

2.2

FIRE PUMPS

A.

Fire Pumps: Horizontal base-mounted, electric drive type; UL 448 and UL 778; horizontal shaft, single stage, double suction, direct connected, horizontally split casing, for 250 psi maximum working pressure.

1.

2.

Casing: Cast iron, with suction and discharge gage ports, renewable bronze casing wearing rings, seal flush connection, drain plug, flanged suction and discharge.

Impeller: Bronze double suction fully enclosed, balanced and keyed to

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 7 of 12 shaft.

Bearings: Grease lubricated ball bearings, replaceable without opening casing.

Alloy steel with replaceable bronze shaft sleeve.

Seal: Packing gland with minimum four rings graphite impregnated packing and bronze lantern rings, 230 degrees F maximum continuous operating temperature.

Drive: Flexible coupling with coupling guard.

Baseplate: Cast iron or fabricated steel with integral drain rim.

Performance: a.

Flow: 1250 gpm at 90 PSI.

B.

6.

7.

8.

Fire Pump Accessories:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Eccentric suction reducer and OS&Y gate or butterfly valve on suction side of pump.

Concentric increaser and check valve in pump discharge and OS&Y gate or butterfly valve on system side of check valve.

Fire pump bypass fitted with OS&Y gate or butterfly valves and check valve.

Suction pressure gage, 4-1/2 inch diameter dial with snubber, valve cock and lever handle.

Discharge pressure gage mounted on board attached to pump, with snubber, valve cock and lever handle.

3/4 inch casing relief valve.

Float operated 3/4 inch automatic air release valve.

Hose valve manifold with 2-1/2 inch hose gate valves with caps and chains.

2.3

ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVE

A.

Electric Motors: Provide horizontal, foot mounted, ball-bearing, induction motor with open drip-proof NEMA enclosure, of scheduled capacity. Mount motor on steel base common to pump, connected with flexible coupling, and protected by coupling guard. Align pump and motor shafts prior to shipment.

2.4

FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER

A.

Motor Controller: The fire pump controller shall be listed by Underwriters’

Laboratories and approved by Factory Mutual Research for fire pump service.

The controller shall meet the requirements of NFPA 20 and NFPA 70. The controller shall be suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering 100,000

Amps symmetrical short circuit current. It shall be completely factory wired, assembled, and tested prior to shipment.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

B.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

The controller shall be of the combined automatic type design for:

Page 8 of 12

C.

1.

Solid State Soft Start Soft Stop

The controller shall be housed in a NEMA Type-2 Drip-proof enclosure, fabricated from heavy gauge cold rolled steel per the requirements of UL 508.

D.

E.

F.

G.

H.

I.

J.

All controller components shall be UL listed or UL recognized, and be front mounted and wired allowing the controller to mount flush against a wall.

The controller shall include an isolation switch and circuit breaker at least 115 percent of the motor full load current. The isolation switch and circuit breaker shall be externally operable via a single operating handle. When moving the handle from the “OFF” to “ON” position, the handle shall sequence the isolating switch on first and then the circuit breaker. When the handle is moved from the

“ON” to “OFF” position, the handle shall sequence the circuit breaker off first and then the isolating switch. This sequence operation shall prevent the isolating switch from interrupting motor current. The operating handle shall be capable of being padlocked in either the “ON” of “OFF” position for installation and maintenance safety. The operating handle shall permit normal tripping operation of the circuit breaker.

The circuit breaker over-current sensor shall be of the solid state microprocessor type and be internal to the circuit breaker. The circuit breaker shall be calibrated up to and set at 300 percent of motor full load current and shall have a trip time between 8 and 20 seconds at 600 percent of motor full load current. Provisions shall be made between the circuit breaker and the isolation switch for using a clamp-on type ammeter to measure motor current draw.

The controller shall include an IEC rated, UL listed contactor capable of being operated by an external emergency operating handle. The contactor shall have a contact wear indicator which is easily viewed from the front. In addition, the contact wear indicator shall indicate when the contactor is closed.

A pressure switch shall also be furnished which is of the bourdon tube type with adjustable independent High and Low set points with a range of 10-300psi. The pressure switch shall be capable of being sealed to prevent unauthorized adjustment. The switch shall be mounted inside the controller cabinet.

Externally mounted pilot lights shall be furnished to indicate controller primary power is available and phase reversal of normal power or loss of a phase.

A solid state running period timer set for a minimum of ten minutes, per NFPA

20, shall be provided to keep the motor running when started automatically. The timer shall have a pilot light to indicate when the timer is in the timing mode. The controller shall be factory set for manual stop with terminals provided to allow

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC. field conversion to automatic stop.

K.

L.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 9 of 12

The controller circuit transformer shall be of the heavy duty type with a minimum rating of 150 VA without integral over-current protection per the requirements of

NFPA 20.

Dry alarm contacts for remote alarm of “PUMP RUNNING”, “PHASE

REVERSAL”, and “CONTROLLER POWER AVAILABLE” shall be supplied. One normally open and one normally closed contact for each alarm shall be supplied.

Controller power shall be monitored by a three phase power monitor. The monitor shall trip on either “LOSS OF ANY PHASE”, “LOSS OF POWER”, or

“PHASE REVERSAL”.

M.

N.

O.

P.

Q.

Controller power shall be monitored by a three-phase power monitor. The monitor shall trip on either low voltage, single phase, loss of power, or phase reversal. Normal power shall be indicated by a Green LED on the power monitor and a tripped condition shall be indicated by a Red LED.

A circuit for manual remote starting of the controller shall be supplied requiring only a contact closure to initiate. This circuit shall not be capable of stopping the controller remotely per NFPA 20.

The controller shall be completely tested at the factory prior to shipment. This test shall verify proper operation of all normal automatic and manual functions along with the continuity of all dry contacts for remote alarms. The test shall also include a high potential voltage test of all primary power circuits equal to twice the rated voltage plus 1000 volts for one minute.

The controller shall be capable of the addition of optional control features.

The controller shall be manufactured by Master Control Systems, Inc. or Torna

Tech. Master Controls Model ECT or Torna Tech Model GPS controller.

R.

Electrical Characteristics:

1.

2.

100 Hp

460 volts, three phase, 60 HZ

2.5

PRESSURE BOOSTER (JOCKEY) PUMP

A.

Acceptable Manufacturers:

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.

2.

Aurora Fire Pumps: Unit No. JP-335-55

Grundfos; Product CR2-280U.

B.

C.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 10 of 12

Electrically operated, horizontal turbine type with standard, open drip-proof, horizontal motor.

Control by automatic micro processor based jockey pump controller with full voltage starter and minimum run timer to start pump on pressure drop in system and stay in operation for minimum period of time. Fire pump shall start automatically on further pressure drop or on jockey pump failure. Jockey pump controller shall be Torna Tech Model JP with IDP and operator interface or

Firetrol FTA 550E XG with a 300 PSI 316 stainless steel pressure transducer.

Enclosure shall be minimum NEMA 2 rated.

D.

Electrical Characteristics:

1.

2.

2 hp.

460 volts, three phase, 60 Hz.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION

A.

Install in accordance with NFPA 20.

B.

Provide access space around pumps for service; no less than minimum as recommended by manufacturer.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Install piping in accordance with Section 21 11 00 - “Fire Protection Piping”.

Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or reducers. Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. For base mounted pumps, provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge.

Provide drains for bases and seals, piped to and discharging into floor drains.

Provide for connection to electrical service.

Lubricate pumps before start-up.

G.

H.

Check, align, and certify base mounted pumps by qualified installer prior to startup.

Concrete Pad: Provide 5 ½" high concrete pad below fire pump.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 11 of 12

3.2

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section - “Closeout

Procedures”.

B.

1.

2.

1.

2.

Perform flow test on entire system in accordance with NFPA 20.

Require test to be witnessed by Fire Marshal and Owner’s

Representative.

Manufacturer's Field Inspection: Arrange and pay for a factory- authorized service representative to perform the following:

Inspect the field assembly of components and installation of fans including piping, ductwork, and electrical connections.

Prepare a written report on findings and recommended corrective actions.

3.3

DAMAGED EQUIPMENT

A.

Any and all equipment, parts, components, such as pump impellers, motors, etc., provided under this division which is either damaged by the contractor or which is received in damaged condition during shipping, transit, handling, or during installation and/or testing shall be totally replaced as a unit. Dented, or damaged superficial, non-structural, equipment jackets or surface casings such as, but not limited to; water jackets, insulation, etc., shall either be repaired or replaced at the option and sole discretion of the Owner’s Representative. If non-structural components are repaired, the finished product shall match original equipment exactly. Structurally damaged equipment shall be replaced.

B.

Any equipment which develops surface rust, either through improper storage, handling or installation, shall be refinished by grinding the affected area down to bare (white) metal, then prepared with a rust preventive primer and finished with the original manufacturer’s touch-up paint to match existing color.

3.4

TRAINING & DEMONSTRATION

A.

Demonstration Services: Arrange and pay for a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following:

1.

2.

3.

Procedures and schedules related to start-up and shut down, troubleshooting, servicing, preventative maintenance, and how to obtain replacement parts.

Familiarization with contents of Operating and Maintenance Manuals specified in Division 1 Section - "Closeout Submittals" and Division 22,

Section - "Basic Mechanical Materials & Methods."

Provide Service Manuals for each fire pump specified.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

4.

ELECTRIC DRIVE -

HORIZONTAL FIRE PUMPS

SECTION 213113

Page 12 of 12

Demonstrate automatic operation of system including verification of pressure switch set points.

B.

Provide four (4) hours of factory authorized training.

1.

2.

Refer to Section 22 - “Mechanical General Provisions” for video taping requirements.

Schedule training with Owner’s Representative with at least seven (7) days prior notice.

END OF SECTION 213113

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

PART 1 - GENERAL ITEMS

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 260500- Page 1 of 6

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

The general provisions of the Contract, including the Conditions of the Contract (General,

Supplementary, and other Conditions, Division 0) and Division 1 as appropriate, apply to the Work specified in this Section.

B.

Refer to Division 26, Electrical, as well as the Specifications for the other various trades and materials and be thoroughly familiar with all provisions regarding electrical work.

1.2

BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

A.

Bidders of all or any portions of this section or division are required to review all contract documents including but not limited to Architectural drawings, Structural drawings,

Mechanical drawings, Plumbing drawings, Electrical drawings, etc. to coordinate requirements and responsibilities with and through prime bidder.

B.

Bidders of all or any portions of this section or division, by furnishing a bid on a portion of the prime contract are indicating that they have received all contract documents and coordinated services provided under their portion of the work with the prime bidder; they are indicating that they have expressed any pertinent questions (which would result from a detailed, thorough review of the entire set of contract documents) to the prime bidder in accordance with Division 1 requirements, prior to bidding.

C.

D.

E.

All timely, pertinent, questions provided in writing prior to bids, in accordance with Division

1 requirements, will be clarified, defined, or otherwise explained in a written addendum and/or addendums prior to bids, in accordance in Division 1 requirements.

It is not the intention of these contract documents to leave any issue relating to coordination between trades or sub-contractors vaguely defined. The intention is to define all issues, coordination matters, equipment requirements, sizes, routing, etc. to the satisfaction of the prime bidder, prior to receipt of bids.

Bidders of all or any portions of this section or division, by virtue of the submission of a bid to the prime bidder, are indicating that they have reviewed the entire set of contract documents with due diligence and regard for the Owner's desire for a comprehensive and complete bid proposal; that they have expressed all concerns or questions requiring clarification on matters of coordination between trades and/or sub-contractors; that they have expressed any such concerns or questions in writing in accordance with Division 1 requirements.

1.3

MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

A.

The term "provide" when used in the Contract Documents includes all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

B.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 260500- Page 2 of 6

Specific reference in the Specifications to any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction by name, make or catalog number, shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition; and the Contractor, in such cases, may at his option use any article, device, product, material, fixture, form or type of construction which in the judgement of the Architect expressed in writing is equal to that specified.

C.

D.

Coordinate and properly relate all Work of this Division to building structure and work of all other trades.

Visit premises and become thoroughly familiar with existing conditions; verify all dimensions in field. Advise Architect of any discrepancies prior to Bid Date in accordance with Division

0.

E.

F.

Do not rough-in for any item or equipment furnished by others or noted "Not in Contract"

(NIC), without first receiving rough-in information or determining rough-in requirements from other trades and/or Architect.

Provide storage and protection for all equipment and materials in accordance with requirements of Division 0 and Division 1. Replace any equipment and materials damaged by improper handling, storage, or protection, at no additional cost to Owner.

G.

Keep premises clean in accordance with requirements of Division 0 and Division 1.

1.4

DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A.

B.

C.

The specific intent of these Contract Documents is to provide the various systems, equipment, etc. to the Owner complete and in a thoroughly calibrated and functional condition.

The Drawings shall not be construed as shop drawings. In the event of a possible interference with piping or equipment of another trade, items requiring set grade and elevations shall have precedence over other items. Should any major interference develop, immediately notify the Architect.

In laying out Work, refer to mechanical, electrical, structural, and architectural drawings at all times in order to avoid interference and undue delays in the progress of the Work.

1.5

CODES AND REGULATIONS

A.

Work shall be in full accord with the LA State Sanitary Code, 2011 N.E.C., local ordinances, building codes, and other applicable national, local, and state regulations.

B.

C.

Equipment shall conform to requirements and recommendations of the National Bureau of

Fire Underwriters and 2010 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

Items provided under this Division shall comply with the American National Standards

Institute (ANSI) "Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 260500- Page 3 of 6 by Physically Handicapped People," ANSI A 117.1, and the Americans with Disabilities Act

(A.D.A.).

D.

In the possible event of conflict between codes or regulations and Contract Documents, notify the Architect/Engineer immediately.

1.6

FEES, PERMITS, AND TAXES

A.

Obtain and pay for permits required for the Work of this Division. Pay fees in connection therewith, including necessary inspection fees.

B.

Pay any and all taxes levied for Work of this Division, including municipal and/or state sales tax where applicable.

1.7

MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS

A.

Install and operate equipment and material in strict accord with manufacturer's installation and operating instructions. The manufacturer's instructions shall become part of the

Contract Documents and shall supplement Drawings and Specifications.

1.8

SUBMITTAL DATA

A.

Submit shop drawings, project data, and samples in accordance with requirements of

Division 0/and or Division 1.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Shop drawings shall consist of published ratings or capacity data, detailed construction drawings for fabricated items, wiring and control diagrams, performance curves, installation instructions, manufacturer's installation drawings, and other pertinent data. Submit drawings showing revisions to equipment layouts due to use of alternate or substitute equipment.

Where approved manufacturers and suppliers of equipment, materials, etc. are unable to fully comply with Contract Document requirements, specifically call such deviations to attention of Architect on submittals. Type deviations on a separate sheet; underlined statements or notations on standard brochures, equipment fly sheets, etc. will not be accepted.

Approval of submittals shall not relieve Contractor from furnishing required quantities and verifying dimensions. In addition, approval shall not waive original intent of Contract

Documents.

Failure to obtain written approval of equipment shall be considered sufficient grounds for rejection of said equipment regardless of the stage of completion of the project.

1.9

PROJECT COORDINATION

A.

Refer to applicable Division 26 Sections for products work of this Division.

B.

Refer to Division 21/23 for related products affecting work of this section.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

C.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 260500- Page 4 of 6

Coordinate handling of all products, materials, etc., through general contractor. Coordinate space, access, clearances, etc., through general contractor prior to preparation of shop drawing submittal.

1.10

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A.

B.

Keep Project Record Documents in accordance with requirements of Division 0 and/or Division 1.

During construction period, keep accurate records of installations made under this Division, paying particular attention to major interior and exterior underground and concealed piping, ductwork, etc.

C.

D.

The Contractor shall obtain from the Prime Contractor a minimum of one (1) set of the contract documents including all addenda and change orders as prepared by the Engineer.

If the Contractor elects to vary from the Contract Documents and secures prior approval from the Architect/Engineer for any phase of the work, he shall record in a neat and readable manner all such variances on the contract documents in red ink. Prior to requesting substantial completion the marked-up set of contract documents shall be returned to the Engineer for approval.

E.

F.

G.

All deviations from sizes, locations and from all other features of the installation shown in the Contract Documents shall be recorded.

In addition, it shall be possible using these drawings to correctly and easily locate, identify and establish sizes of all piping, directions, and the like, as well as other features of work which will be concealed underground and/or in the finished building.

Locations of underground work shall be established by dimensions to columns, lines or walls, locating all turns, etc. and by properly referenced centerline or invert elevations and rates of fall.

H.

I.

1.

2.

3.

4.

For work concealed in the building, sufficient information shall be given so it can be located with reasonable accuracy and ease. In some cases this may be by dimension. In others, it may be sufficient to illustrate the work on the drawings in relation to the spaces in the building near which it was actually installed. The decision of the Architect/Engineer in this matter will be final.

The following requirements apply to all Record Drawings:

They shall be maintained at the Contractor's expense.

All such drawings shall be done carefully and neatly.

Additional drawings shall be obtained at the Contractor's expense.

They shall be kept up-to-date during the entire course of the work and shall beavailable upon request for examination by the Architect/ Engineer and when necessary, by other trades, to establish clearances for other parts of the work.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 260500- Page 5 of 6

Record Drawings shall be returned to the Architect/Engineer upon completion of the work and are subject to approval of the Architect/ Engineer.

1.11

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A.

Refer to the Division 1 Section: PROJECT CLOSEOUT or OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE DATA for procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of maintenance manuals.

B.

C.

Provide the Owner with three (3) copies of printed instructions indicating various pieces of equipment by name and model number, complete with parts lists, maintenance and repair instructions.

COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE AS OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS.

D.

This information shall be bound in plastic hardbound notebooks with the job name, Architect and Engineer names permanently embossed on the cover. Rigid board dividers with labeled tabs shall be provided for different pieces of equipment. Submit manuals to the

Architect for approval.

E.

F.

In addition to the operation and maintenance brochure, the Contractor shall provide a separate brochure which shall include registered warranty certificates on all equipment, especially any pieces of equipment which carry warranties exceeding one (1) year.

The operation and maintenance brochure shall be furnished with a detailed list of all equipment furnished to the project, including the serial number and all pertinent nameplate data such as voltage, amperage draw, recommended fuse size, rpm, etc. The Contractor shall include this data on each piece of equipment furnished under this contract.

1.12

GUARANTEE

A.

The Contractor shall guarantee all materials, equipment and workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the project. This guarantee shall include furnishing of all labor and material necessary to make any repairs, adjustments or replacement of any equipment, parts, etc. necessary to restore the project to first class condition. This guarantee shall exclude only the changing of lamps. Warranties exceeding one (1) year are hereinafter specified with individual pieces of equipment.

B.

If the Contractor’s office is in excess of a fifty (50) mile radius of the project, he shall appoint a local qualified contractor to perform any emergency repairs or adjustments required during the guarantee period. The name of the contractor appointed to provide emergency services shall be submitted to the Architect for his approval.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

1.13

CLEANING

A.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 260500- Page 6 of 6

Refer to the Division 1 Section: PROJECT CLOSEOUT or FINAL CLEANING for general requirements for final cleaning.

END OF SECTION 260500

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

WIRES AND CABLES

SECTION 260519- Page 1 of 4

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

B.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

This section is a Division-26 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods section, and is part of each Division 26 section making reference to wires and cables specified herein.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A.

Extent of electrical wire and cable work is indicated by drawings and schedules.

B.

Types of electrical wire, cable, and connectors specified in this section include the following:

1.

2.

3.

Copper conductors. (MC Cable is not acceptable for use on this project).

Split-bolt connectors.

Wirenut connectors.

C.

Applications of electrical wire, cable and connectors required for project are as follows:

1.

2.

3.

4.

For power distribution circuits.

For lighting circuits.

For appliance and equipment circuits.

For motor-branch circuits.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wire and cable products of types, sizes and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Installer's Qualifications: Firm with successful installation experience with projects utilizing electrical wiring and cabling work similar to that required for this project.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to construction, installation and color coding of electrical wires and cables.

UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Std 83,

"Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables", and Std 486A, "Wire Connectors and

Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors".

UL Compliance: Provide wiring/cabling and connector products which are UL-listed and labeled.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

F.

WIRES AND CABLES

SECTION 260519- Page 2 of 4

ETL Compliance: Provide wiring/cabling and connector products which are ETL-listed and labeled.

G.

NEMA/ICEA Compliance: Comply with NEMA/ICEA Std Pub/No.'s WC 5,

"Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical

Energy", and WC-30, "Color Coding of Wires and Cables", pertaining to electrical power type wires and cables.

H.

ASTM Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM B1, 2, 3, 8 and D-753.

Provide copper conductors with conductivity of not less than 98% at 20 deg C (68 deg F).

1.4

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.

B.

C.

Deliver wire and cable properly packaged in factory-fabricated type containers, or wound on NEMA-specified type wire and cable reels.

Store wire and cable in clean dry space in original containers. Protect products from weather, damaging fumes, construction debris and traffic.

Handle wire and cable carefully to avoid abrasing, puncturing and tearing wire and cable insulation and sheathing. Ensure that dielectric resistance integrity of wires/cables is maintained.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

WIRE, CABLE AND CONNECTORS

A.

General: Provide electrical wires, cables, and connectors of manufacturer's standard materials, as indicated by published product information; designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer, for a complete installation, and for application indicated.

Except as otherwise indicated, provide copper conductors with conductivity of not less than

98% at 20 deg C (68 deg F).

B.

Building Wires: Provide factory-fabricated wire of sizes, ampacity ratings, and materials for applications and services indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with project's installation requirements, NEC and NEMA standards. Select from the following UL types, those wires with construction features which fulfill project requirements:

1.

2.

Type THW: For dry and wet locations; max operating temperature 75 deg C (167 deg F). Insulation, flame-retardant, moisture- and heat-resistant, thermoplastic; conductor, annealed copper.

Type THWN: For dry and wet locations; max operating temperature 75 deg C (167 deg F). Insulation, flame-retardant, moisture- and heat-resistant, thermoplastic; outer covering, nylon jacket; conductor, annealed copper.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

3.

WIRES AND CABLES

SECTION 260519- Page 3 of 4

Type THHN: For dry and damp locations; max operating temperature 90 deg C

(194 deg F). Insulation, heat-resistant thermoplastic flame-retardant, nylon jacket; conductor, annealed copper.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION OF WIRES AND CABLES

A.

General: Install electrical cables, wires and connectors in compliance with applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, UL, and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices.

B.

Coordinate wire/cable installation work including electrical raceway and equipment installation work, as necessary to properly interface installation of wires/cables with other work.

C.

D.

E.

F.

Install UL Type THW, THWN, or THHN wiring in conduit, for all circuits.

Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway.

Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation.

Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope and basket weave wire/cable grips which will not damage cables or raceway.

G.

H.

Keep conductor splices to minimum. All splices and taps shall be made in junction boxes.

Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A and B.

3.2

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.

Prior to energization of circuitry, check installed wires and cables with megohm meter to determine insulation resistance levels to ensure requirements are fulfilled.

B.

C.

Prior to energization, test wires and cables for electrical continuity and for short-circuits.

Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize circuitry and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and then retest to demonstrate compliance.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

D.

Color Coding shall be as follows:

1.

2.

3.

4.

WIRES AND CABLES

SECTION 260519- Page 4 of 4

120/208 volt circuits: Phase A - Black; Phase B - Red; Phase C - Blue; Neutral -

White; Ground - Green.

277/480 volt circuits: Phase A - Brown; Phase B - Orange; Phase C - Yellow;

Neutral - Gray; Ground - Green w/stripe.

120/240 volt (single phase) circuits: Phase A - Black; Phase C - Red; Neutral -

White or Gray; Ground - Green.

120/240 volt (three phase) 4 wire circuits: Phase A - Black; Phase B (Wye) -

Orange; Phase C - Red; Neutral - White or Gray; Ground - Green.

END OF SECTION 260519

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

GROUNDING

SECTION 260526- Page 1 of 4

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A.

B.

C.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

Division-26 Basic Materials and Methods sections apply to work of this section.

Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding and bonding work specified elsewhere in these specifications.

1.2

SUMMARY:

A.

Extent of electrical grounding and bonding work is indicated by drawings and schedules and as specified herein. Grounding and bonding work is defined to encompass systems, circuits, and equipment.

B.

Type of electrical grounding and bonding work specified in this section includes the following:

1.

Solidly grounded.

Applications of electrical grounding and bonding work in this section includes the following: C.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Electrical power systems.

Raceways.

Service equipment.

Enclosures.

Equipment.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A.

B.

C.

Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of grounding and bonding products, of types, and ratings required, and ancillary grounding materials, including stranded cable, copper braid and bus and bonding jumpers whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.

Installer's Qualifications: Firm with successful installation experience on projects with electrical grounding work similar to that required for project.

Codes and Standards:

1.

Electrical Code Compliance: Comply with applicable local electrical code requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, and NEC as applicable to electrical grounding and bonding, pertaining to systems, circuits and equipment.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

2.

3.

GROUNDING

SECTION 260526- Page 2 of 4

UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards No.'s 467,

"Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment", and 869, "Electrical Service

Equipment", pertaining to grounding and bonding of systems, circuits and equipment. In addition, comply with UL Std 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering

Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors." Provide grounding and bonding products which are UL-listed and labeled for their intended usage.

IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements and recommended installation practices of IEEE Standards 80, 81, 141 and 142 pertaining to grounding and bonding of systems, circuits and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

GROUNDING AND BONDING:

A.

B.

Materials and Components:

1.

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding and bonding systems indicated; with assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, cables/wires, connectors, solderless lug terminals, grounding electrodes, bonding jumper braid, and additional accessories needed for a complete installation. Where more than one type component product meets indicated requirements, selection is

Installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products which comply with NEC, UL, and IEEE requirements and with established industry standards for those applications indicated.

Conductors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding conductors for grounding system connections that match power supply wiring materials and are sized according to NEC.

C.

D.

Conductors: Copper solid strip; 0.051" thick; 1/2" wide.

Bonding Jumper Braid: Copper braided tape, constructed of 30-gage bare copper wires and properly sized for indicated applications.

E.

F.

Flexible Jumper Strap: Flexible flat conductor, 480 strands of 30-gage bare copper wire;

3/4" wide, 9-1/2" long; 48,250 CM. Select braid with holes sized for 3/8" diameter bolts, and protect braid with copper bolt hole ends.

Bonding Plates, Connectors, Terminals and Clamps: Provide electrical bonding plates, connectors, terminals, lugs and clamps as recommended by bonding plate, connector, terminal and clamp manufacturers for indicated applications.

2.2

GROUND ELECTRODES:

A.

Grounding Electrodes: Steel with copper welded exterior, 3/4" dia. by 10 feet.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

B.

GROUNDING

SECTION 260526- Page 3 of 4

Electrical Grounding Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing, welding materials, bonding straps, as recommended by accessories manufacturers for type service indicated.

C.

Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance, and quality of welds; and for methods used in correcting welding work. Provide welded connections where grounding conductors connect to underground grounding and plate electrodes.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

EXAMINATION:

A.

Examine areas and conditions under which electrical grounding and bonding connections are to be made and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.

3.2

INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS:

A.

B.

C.

General: Install electrical grounding and bonding systems as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable portions of NEC, NECA's "Standard of

Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements.

Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding and bonding system work with other work.

Connect together system neutral, service equipment enclosures, exposed noncurrent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground connectors, and plumbing systems.

D.

E.

F.

G.

Terminate feeder and branch circuit insulated equipment grounding conductors with grounding lug, bus, or bushing.

Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connections to comply with tightening torque values specified in UL 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding.

Route grounding connections and conductors to ground and protective devices in shortest and straightest paths as possible to minimize transient voltage rises.

Ground separately derived system as per NEC.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

3.3

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:

A.

GROUNDING

SECTION 260526- Page 4 of 4

Upon completion of installation of electrical grounding and bonding systems, test ground resistance with ground resistance tester. Where tests show resistance-to-ground is over

25 ohms, take appropriate action to reduce resistance to 25 ohms, or less, by driving additional ground rods; then retest to demonstrate compliance.

END OF SECTION 260526

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM REPAIRS

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

RACEWAYS

SECTION 260533- Page 1 of 5

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

B.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

This section is a Division-26 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods section, and is part of each Division-26 section making reference to electrical raceways specified herein.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A.

Extent of raceway work is indicated by drawings and schedules.

B.

Types of raceways specified in this section include the following:

1.

Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). (above grade and exposed)

2.

3.

Rigid Non-metallic conduit (Feeders, Sub-feeders, Branch circuits - below grade or in-slabs)

Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit (Final connections to all mechanical equipment).

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

B.

C.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of raceway systems of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.

Installer's Qualifications: Firm with successful installation experience on projects with electrical raceway work similar to that required for this project.

Codes and Standards:

1.

2.

3.

NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA Standards

Publications pertaining to raceways.

UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with applicable requirements of UL safety standards pertaining to electrical raceway systems. Provide raceway products and components which have been UL-listed and labeled.

NEC Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEC pertaining to construction and installation of raceway systems.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING

A.

General: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings of types, grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM REPAIRS

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

RACEWAYS

SECTION 260533- Page 2 of 5 proper selection determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements, and comply with applicable portions of NEC for raceways.

1.

2.

3.

Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Provide galvanized steel hot-dipped zinc galvanized tubing with smooth corrosion resistant interior wall. Tubing shall bare the U.L. label and conform to UL 797 and ANSI 680.3 installation shall be in accordance with National Electrical Code Article 348. All couplings shall be compression type where outdoors or in unconditioned spaces.

Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Provide liquid-tight flexible metal conduit; construct of single strip, flexible, continuous, interlocked, and double-wrapped steel; galvanized inside and outside; coat with liquid-tight jacket of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC).

Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Fittings: Provide cadmium plated, malleable iron fittings with compression type steel ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings, with insulated, or noninsulated throat.

B.

Nonmetallic Conduit and Ducts:

1.

General: Provide nonmetallic conduit, ducts and fittings of types, sizes and weights for each service indicated.

2.

a.

Electrical Plastic Conduit: Heavy Wall Conduit: Schedule 40, 90 C,

UL-rated, construct of polyvinyl chloride and conforming to NEMA TC-2, for direct burial, or normal above ground use, UL-listed and in conformity with

NEC Article 347.

PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC 3, mate and match to conduit or tubing type and material. (All bends from below grade to above grade shall be

RGS).

C.

Conduit, and Tubing Accessories: Provide conduit, tubing and duct accessories of types, sizes and materials, complying with manufacturer's published product information, which mate and match conduit and tubing.

2.2

CONDUIT BODIES

A.

Provide galvanized cast-metal conduit bodies of types, shapes and sizes as required to fulfill job requirements and NEC requirements. Construct conduit bodies with threadedconduit-entrance ends, removable covers, either cast or of galvanized steel, and corrosion-resistant screws.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSPECTION

A.

Examine areas and conditions under which raceways are to be installed, and substrate which will support raceways. Notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM REPAIRS

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

RACEWAYS

SECTION 260533- Page 3 of 5 completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.

3.2

INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS

A.

General: Install raceways in accordance with manufacturers' written installation instructions, and in compliance with NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation". Install units plumb and level, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

B.

Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, boxes, and panel work, as necessary to interface installation of electrical raceways and components with other work.

3.3

INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS

A.

B.

General: Install conduits parallel to building steel/structure.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Mechanically fasten together metal conduits, enclosures, and raceways for conductors to form continuous electrical conductor. Connect to electrical boxes, fittings and cabinets to provide electrical continuity and firm mechanical assembly.

Avoid use of dissimilar metals throughout system to eliminate possibility of electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, coat surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before assembling.

Install miscellaneous fittings such as reducers, chase nipples, 3-piece unions, split couplings, and plugs that have been specifically designed and manufactured for their particular application. Install expansion fittings in raceways every 200' linear run or wherever structural expansion joints are crossed.

Provide nylon pull cord in all empty conduits. The pull-line shall be a high-strength, self-lubricated polyolefin line, of braided nature, with a minimum diameter of 3/16" and a minimum breaking strength of 500 pounds. The line shall be guaranteed against rust or mildew. The line shall be GB Electrical, Inc. Poly-Pull, catalog number PL235 or equal. Test conduits required to be installed, but left empty, test with ball mandrel. Clear any conduit which rejects ball mandrel. Pay costs involved for restoration of conduit and surrounding surfaces to original condition.

Conduit Installation:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Use flexible conduit in movable partitions and from outlet boxes to recessed lighting fixtures.

Cut conduits straight, properly ream, and cut threads for heavy wall conduit deep and clean.

Field-bend conduit with benders designed for purpose so as not to distort nor vary internal diameter.

Size conduits to meet NEC, except no conduit smaller than 3/4 inch shall be embedded in concrete or masonry.

Fasten conduit terminations in sheet metal enclosures by 2 locknuts, and terminate with bushing. Install locknuts inside and outside enclosure.

Conduits are not to cross pipe shafts, or ventilating duct openings.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM REPAIRS

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

7.

8.

9.

RACEWAYS

SECTION 260533- Page 4 of 5

Keep conduits a minimum distance of 6" from parallel runs of flues, hot water pipes or other sources of heat. Wherever possible, install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.

Use of running threads at conduit joints and terminations is prohibited. Where required, use 3-piece union or split coupling.

Complete installation of electrical raceways before starting installation of cables/wires within raceways.

C.

D.

1.

2.

3.

Install conduits as not to damage or run through structural members. Avoid horizontal or cross runs in building partitions or side walls.

Aboveground Conduits:

Install all conduit systems neatly, parallel with, or at right angles to walls of building.

Install conduit work as not to interfere with ceiling inserts, lights or ventilation ducts or outlets.

Support all conduits by use of hangers, clamps, or clips. Support conduits on each side of bends and on spacing not to exceed following: up to 1": 6'-0"; 1-1/4" and over: 8'-0".

E.

Conduit Fittings:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Construct locknuts for securing conduit to metal enclosure with sharp edge for digging into metal, and ridged outside circumference for proper fastening.

Bushings for terminating conduits smaller than 1-1/4" are to have flared bottom and ribbed sides, with smooth upper edges to prevent injury to cable insulation.

Install insulated type bushings for terminating conduits 1-1/4" and larger. Bushings are to have flared bottom and ribbed sides. Upper edge to have phenolic insulating ring molded into bushing.

Bushing of standard or insulated type to have screw type grounding terminal.

Miscellaneous fittings such as reducers, chase nipples, 3-piece unions, split couplings, and plugs to be specifically designed for their particular application.

3.4

INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND WIREWAYS

A.

General: Mechanically assemble metal enclosures, and raceways for conductors to form continuous electrical conductor, and connect to electrical boxes, fittings and cabinets as to provide effective electrical continuity and rigid mechanical assembly.

1.

2.

3.

Avoid use of dissimilar metals throughout system to eliminate possibility of electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, coat all surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before assembling.

Install expansion fittings in all raceways wherever structural expansion joints are crossed.

Make changes in direction of raceway run with proper fittings, supplied by raceway manufacturer. No field bends of raceway section will be permitted.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM REPAIRS

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

4.

5.

RACEWAYS

SECTION 260533- Page 5 of 5

Properly support and anchor raceways for their entire length by structural materials.

Raceways are not to span any space unsupported.

Use boxes as supplied by raceway manufacturer wherever junction pull or devices boxes are required. Standard electrical "handy" boxes, etc. shall not be permitted for use with surface raceway installations. Use appropriate finished surface box for use with specific device or “bell” boxes wherein knockouts are not visible.

END OF SECTION 260533

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS

SECTION 260534- Page 1 of 3

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

B.

This section is a Division-26 Basic Materials and Methods section, and is a part of each

Division-26 section making reference to electrical wiring boxes and fittings specified herein.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A.

Extent of electrical box and associated electrical fitting work is indicated by drawings and schedules.

B.

Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include the following:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Outlet boxes.

Junction boxes.

Pull boxes.

Bushings.

Locknuts.

Knockout closures.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical boxes and fittings, of types, sizes and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Installer's Qualifications: Firm with successful installation experience on projects utilizing electrical boxes and fittings similar to those required for this project.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes and fittings.

UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 50, UL 514-Series, and UL

886 pertaining to electrical boxes and fittings. Provide electrical boxes and fittings which are UL-listed and labeled.

NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds/Pub no.'s OS1,

OS2, and Pub 250 pertaining to outlet and device boxes, covers and box supports.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS

SECTION 260534- Page 2 of 3

2.1

FABRICATED MATERIALS

A.

Recessed Outlet Boxes: Provide galvanized coated flat rolled sheet-steel outlet wiring boxes, of shapes, cubic inch capacities, and sizes, including box depths as required for installation at respective locations. Provide outlet boxes with mounting holes, and with cable and conduit-size knockout openings in bottom and sides. Provide boxes with threaded screw holes, with corrosion-resistant cover and grounding screws for fastening surface and device type box covers, and for equipment type grounding. Boxes in metal stud walls shall have type “H” bracket.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including box supports, mounting ears and brackets, wallboard hangers, box extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, which are compatible with outlet boxes being used to fulfill installation requirements for individual wiring situations.

Recessed Device Boxes: Provide galvanized coated flat rolled sheet-steel non-gangable device boxes, of shapes, cubic inch capacities, and sizes, including box depths as required for installation at respective locations. Provide device boxes for flush mounting with mounting holes, and with cable-size knockout openings in bottom and ends, and with threaded screw holes in end plates for fastening devices. Provide cable clamps and corrosion-resistant screws for fastening cable clamps, and for equipment type grounding.

Boxes in metal stud walls shall have type “H” bracket.

Device Box Accessories: Provide device box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, device box extensions, switch box supports, plaster ears, and plaster board expandable grip fasteners, which are compatible with device boxes being utilized to fulfill installation requirements for individual wiring situations.

Junction and Pull Boxes: Provide galvanized code-gage sheet steel junction and pull boxes, with screw-on covers; of types, shapes and sizes, to suit each respective location and installation; with welded seams and equipped with stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers. All lighting and power junction box covers shall be permanently labeled identifying contents (i.e. panel designation and circuit numbers).

F.

G.

Bushings, Knockout Closures, and Locknuts: Provide corrosion- resistant box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit bushings, offset connectors, of types and sizes, to suit respective installation requirements and applications.

Exposed Outlet Box Conditinos: Standard Handy boxes with visible knockouts are not allowed where “exposed” conditions occur. All boxes shall be weatherproof type.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS

SECTION 260534- Page 3 of 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS

A.

General: Install electrical boxes and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements.

1.

All boxes installed in “fire rated walls” shall receive UL Classified Firestop Putty

Pads (manufactured by Spec Seal or equivalent).

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wire/cable, wiring devices, and raceway installation work.

Provide weathertight outlets for interior and exterior locations exposed to weather or moisture.

Provide knockout closures to cap unused knockout holes where blanks have been removed.

Install electrical boxes in those locations which ensure ready accessibility to enclosed electrical wiring.

Avoid installing boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide not less than 6" (150 mm) separation.

Avoid installing aluminum products in concrete.

Position recessed outlet boxes accurately to allow for surface finish thickness.

7.

8.

9.

Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side of box, which would result in difficult and insecure connections when fastened with locknut or bushing on rounded surfaces.

10.

Fasten electrical boxes firmly and rigidly to substrates, or structural surfaces to which attached, or solidly embed electrical boxes in concrete or masonry.

11.

Provide electrical connections for installed boxes.

12.

Subsequent to installation of boxes, protect boxes from construction debris and damage.

3.2

GROUNDING

A.

Upon completion of installation work, properly ground electrical boxes and demonstrate compliance with requirements.

END OF SECTION 260534

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

PART 1 - GENERAL

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

SECTION 260553- Page 1 of 2

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

B.

Division-26 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods section apply to work of this section.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A.

Extent of electrical identification is indicated by drawings and schedules.

B.

Types of electrical identification specified in this section include the following:

1.

Equipment/system identification signs.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

B.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical identification products of types required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of identifying labels and markers for wiring and equipment.

C.

D.

UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL Std 969, "Marking and Labeling

Systems", pertaining to electrical identification systems.

NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Std No's. WC-1 and

WC-2 pertaining to identification of power and control conductors.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS

A.

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required for each application. Where more than single type is specified for an application, selection is Installer's option, but provide single selection for each application.

B.

Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs:

1.

General: Provide engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

SECTION 260553- Page 2 of 2 wording indicated, black face and white core (letter color) except as otherwise indicated, punched for mechanical fastening. (Glue-on labels shall not be acceptable).

a.

Thickness: 1/16", for units up to 20 sq. in. or 8" length; 1/8" for larger units.

b.

Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws.

2.2

LETTERING AND GRAPHICS

A.

General: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in electrical identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled.

Provide numbers, lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of electrical systems and equipment. Comply with ANSI A13.1

pertaining to minimum sizes for letters and numbers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION

A.

General Installation Requirements:

1.

2.

3.

Install electrical identification products as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements of NEC.

Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require finish, install identification after completion of painting.

Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and requests of governing authorities for identification of electrical work.

B.

C.

1.

2.

3.

Equipment/System Identification:

General: Install engraved plastic-laminate sign on each major unit of electrical equipment in building. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering on

1-1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings.

Provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work.

Panelboards

Disconnect Switches (where load being served is not immediately apparent)

Fire Pump Controller and all associated equipment

D.

Install signs at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated, at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

Secure to substrate with fasteners. Refer to the drawings for detail of information to be included on each label.

END OF SECTION 260553

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

PART 1 - GENERAL

WIRING DEVICES

SECTION 262726- Page 1 of 4

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

B.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

This section is a Division-26 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods section, and is a part of each Division-26 section making reference to wiring devices specified herein.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A.

The extent of wiring device work is indicated by drawings and schedules.

B.

Types of electrical wiring devices in this section include the following:

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Receptacles.

Ground-fault circuit interrupters.

Switches.

Wallplates.

Plugs and connectors.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical wiring devices, of types, sizes, and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.

Installer's Qualifications: Qualified with successful installation experience on projects utilizing wiring devices similar to those required for this project.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation and wiring of electrical wiring devices.

UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 20, 486A, 498 and

943 pertaining to installation of wiring devices. Provide wiring devices which are

UL-listed and labeled.

IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of IEEE Std 241,

"Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings", pertaining to electrical wiring systems.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

F.

WIRING DEVICES

SECTION 262726- Page 2 of 4

NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA Stds Pub/No. WD

1, "General-Purpose Wiring Devices", and WD 5, "Specific-Purpose Wiring

Devices".

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A.

Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering wiring devices which may be incorporated in the work include the following:

1.

2.

3.

4.

Bryant Electric Co.

General Electric Co.

Harvey Hubbell Inc.

Leviton Mfg Co.

2.2

FABRICATED WIRING DEVICES

A.

B.

C.

General: Provide factory-fabricated wiring devices, in types, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated and which comply with NEMA Stds

Pub/No. WD 1. Provide special color devices and stainless steel coverplates.

(Coordinate device color selections with the Architect.)

Receptacles:

1.

2.

3.

Heavy-Duty Duplex: Provide heavy-duty duplex receptacles, 2- pole,

3-wire grounding,20-amperes, 125-volts, with metal plaster ears, design for side and back wiring with spring loaded, screw activated pressure plate, with NEMA configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated.

(Hubbell HBL5362I).

Ground-Fault Interrupter: Provide "feed-thru" type ground-fault circuit interrupters, with heavy-duty duplex receptacles, capable of protecting connected downstream receptacles on single circuit, and of being installed in a 2-3/4" deep outlet box without adapter, grounding type

UL-rated Class A, Group 1, rated 20-amperes rating, 120-volts, 60 Hz; with solid-state ground-fault sensing and signaling; with 5 milliamperes ground-fault trip level; equip with NEMA configuration 5-20R. (Hubbell

GF53262I).

Exterior Receptacles: Provide Weather-Resistant [Hubbell HBL 5362I

WR] 20A, 125V heavy-duty duplex.

Switches:

1.

Snap: Provide heavy-duty flush single-pole toggle switches, 20-ampere,

120/277V AC, with mounting yoke insulated from mechanism, equip with plaster ears, switch handle, and side-wired screw terminals. (Hubbell

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

HBL 1221I).

2.

WIRING DEVICES

SECTION 262726- Page 3 of 4

Three Way: Provide heavy-duty flush 3-way AC switches, 20-amperes,

120/277 volts, with mounting yoke insulated from mechanism, equip with plastic ears, lock type switch handles, side-wired screw terminals, with break-off tab features, which allows wiring with separate or common feed. (Hubbell HBL 1223I).

2.3

WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES

A.

Wallplates: Provide wallplates for single and combination wiring devices, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as indicated. Select plates which mate and match wiring devices to which attached. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates.

Provide plates possessing the following additional construction features:

1.

Interior: a.

Material and Finish: Type 304 Brushed Stainless Steel.

2.

Exterior: a.

Material and Finish: Metallic “Raintight while-in-use”

(‘H’ if horizontal). (Hubbell WP8M)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES

A.

Install wiring devices as indicated, in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of

Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements.

B.

C.

Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical box and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work.

Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris.

D.

E.

Install galvanized steel wall plates in unfinished spaces.

Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed.

F.

Install wallplates after painting work is completed.

G.

Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

WIRING DEVICES

SECTION 262726- Page 4 of 4 equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices.

Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Stds

486A and B. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool.

3.2

PROTECTION OF WALLPLATES AND RECEPTACLES

A.

Upon installation of wallplates and receptacles, advise Contractor regarding proper and cautious use of convenience outlets. At time of Substantial

Completion, replace those items which have been damaged, including those burned and scored by faulty plugs.

3.3

GROUNDING

A.

Provide equipment grounding connections for writing devices, unless otherwise indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL

Std 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds.

3.4

TESTING

A.

Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring devices for electrical continuity and for short-circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energization, test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with requirements

END OF SECTION 262726

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS

SECTION 262816 - Page 1 of 3

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS:

A.

B.

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

Division-26 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods sections, apply to work of this section.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF WORK:

A.

Extent of circuit and motor disconnect switch work is indicated on drawings and schedules.

B.

Types of circuit and motor disconnect switches in this section include the following

1.

2.

3.

Equipment disconnects.

Appliance disconnects.

Motor-circuit disconnects.

1.3

QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A.

B.

C.

D.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of motor and circuit disconnect switches of types and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service.

Installer's Qualifications: Qualified with of successful installation experience with projects utilizing circuit and motor disconnect work similar to that required for this project.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC requirements pertaining to construction and installation of electrical circuit and motor disconnect switches.

UL Compliance: Comply with requirements of UL 98, "Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches".

Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches which have been UL-listed and labeled.

E.

NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds Pub No. KS 1,

"Enclosed Switches" and 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

1.4

SUBMITTALS:

A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on circuit and motor disconnect switches.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS

SECTION 262816 - Page 2 of 3

2.1

ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:

A.

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide circuit and motor disconnects of one of the following (for each type of switch):

1.

2.

3.

General Electric

Square D

Eaton Corporation

2.2

FABRICATED SWITCHES:

A.

INDOOR:

1.

General-Duty Disconnect Switches: Provide surface-mounted, general-duty type, sheet-steel enclosed switches, of types, sizes, and electrical characteristics indicated; fusible rated as indicated on drawings 60 hertz, incorporating spring assisted, quick-make, quick-break switches which are so constructed that switch blades are visible in OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is integral part of enclosure base and whose operating position is easily recognizable, and is capable of being padlocked in OFF position. Construct current carrying parts of high-conductivity copper, with silver-tungsten type switch contacts, and stamped enclosure knockouts. Provide NEMA Type 1 enclosure.

B.

C.

OUTDOOR:

1.

Heavy-Duty Safety Switches: Provide surface-mounted, heavy-duty type, sheet-steel enclosed safety switches, of types, sizes and electrical characteristics indicated; fusible type, rated as indicated on drawings, 60 Hz and incorporating quick-make, quick-break type switches; so construct that switch blades are visible in OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is integral part of enclosure base and whose position is easily recognizable, and is padlockable in

OFF position; construct current carrying parts of high-conductivity copper, with silver-tungsten type switch contacts, and positive pressure type reinforced fuse clips. Provide NEMA Type 3R enclosure.

Fuses: Provide dual-element time-delay fuses for safety switches which contain fuses which match the equipment nameplate recommendation. Verify fuse sizes prior to installation of disconnect switches as fuse reducers are not allowed.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC

PART 3 - EXECUTION

CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECTS

SECTION 262816 - Page 3 of 3

3.1

INSTALLATION OF MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECT SWITCHES:

A.

B.

C.

Install circuit and motor disconnect switches where indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA, and NECA's

"Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices.

Coordinate motor and circuit disconnect switch installation work with electrical raceway and cable work, as necessary for proper interface.

Install disconnect switches used with motor-driven appliances, and motors and controllers within sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated.

3.2

GROUNDING:

A.

Provide equipment grounding connections, sufficiently tight to assure a permanent and effective ground, for electrical disconnect switches where indicated.

3.3

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:

A.

Subsequent to completion of installation of electrical disconnect switches, energize circuitry and demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at project site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise remove and replace with new units and retest.

END OF SECTION 262816

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

PART 1 - GENERAL

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 1 of 16

1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS

A.

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B.

Architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and other applicable documents and drawings are considered a part of the Audio Systems documents insofar as they apply as if referred to in full. All infrastructure associated with Audio Systems is currently active under separate contract.

1.2

DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK

A.

The following systems are considered part of this project. The complete Audio

System for each area is comprised of several independent subsystems, and includes, but is not limited to the following areas:

1.

A full range, dynamic sound reinforcement system as per plans and specifications.

1.3

SCOPE OF THE WORK

A.

These Specifications, together with the related drawings and General Conditions of the contract comprise the requirements for the Audio Systems for the project.

B.

Furnish, deliver, erect, install and connect completely all of the material and appliances described herein and in the Drawings, and supply all other incidental material and appliances, tools, transportation, etc., required to make the work complete, and to leave the Audio Systems in first class operating condition, excluding those items listed under Section 1.10.

1.4

RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS

A.

Perform all assembly of equipment, wiring and inter-connection and soldering of wires to jacks, devices, terminals or equipment, using technical employees only, who are experienced in the installation of Audio Systems equipment and its interconnection. Coordinate final utility rough-in locations with actual equipment furnished.

B.

Verify dimensions and conditions at the job site prior to installation, and perform installation in accordance with these Specifications, manufacturers' recommendations and all applicable code requirements.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

1.5

QUALITY ASSURANCE

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 2 of 16

A.

The intent of these Specifications is to describe and provide for complete Audio

Systems of high professional quality and reliability. Professional performance standards by the Audio Systems Contractor (hereafter referred to as Installation

Contractor) and the equipment will be required.

B.

In all cases, the Owner and Architect shall determine the acceptability of the work.

C.

Pre-qualified Installers:

1.

Porche Advanced Systems, LLC (337) 478-5642; f (337) 478-8912

2.

Deep South Productions (337) 626-2235; f (337) 626-0135

3.

Advanced Audio Technologies (337) 625-6677; f (337) 625-6479

1.6

SUBSTITUTIONS

A.

Refer to Division 0 - Instructions to Bidders; Section 3.3.

1.7

INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS

A.

The work performed under this Section shall be performed by an Audio Systems contractor, normally engaged in the business of Audio Systems installation. The prospective contractor shall show proof, as part of the bid that the contractor has been in the Audio Systems installation business for a period of not less than five years and has successfully completed projects of similar size and scope.

B.

The Owner and Architect reserve the right to reject any bids submitted by firms without sufficient experience in projects of similar size and scope.

1.8

COOPERATION AND COORDINATION

A.

Cooperate and coordinate as required with the other contractors who are responsible for work not included in this section.

B.

Provide any and all information as required or requested by the Owner,

Architect, or General Contractor in order for this work to be completed to the satisfaction of the Owner, and in the best interests of the Project. Such assistance or information shall be transmitted in writing to the requesting party in all cases.

1.9

GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY

A.

Guarantee all parts, labor, and workmanship furnished under this contract for a period of twelve months from the date of substantial completion.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 3 of 16

B.

During the warranty period, report to the site and repair or replace any defective materials or workmanship without cost to the Owner. Warranty service shall be rendered within 24 hours after request by the Owner. Equivalent replacement equipment shall be temporarily provided when immediate on-site repairs cannot be made.

C.

Where warranties on individual pieces of equipment exceed twelve months, the guarantee shall be extended to the warranty period of five years.

D.

Furnish complete and working Audio Systems. Be of maximum assistance to the

Owner during the guarantee period of the system, to the degree that maximum

Owner satisfaction is assured.

E.

After completion of the work, the Installation Contractor shall submit a Certificate of Warranty, stating commence and expiration dates and conditions of the warranty, for signature of both parties. Incremental warranties for completed portions of the work may be negotiated at the discretion of the Owner, if delays occur beyond the control of the Installation Contractor.

1.10

SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS

A.

Within 30 days after the notice to proceed, submit to the Architect identical copies of the following for approval:

1.

A complete equipment list, with manufacturers' names, model numbers, and quantities of each item.

2.

Manufacturers' data sheets on all equipment items.

3.

Equipment rack layouts showing locations of all rack mounted equipment items.

4.

Comprehensive system schematics, showing detailed connections to all equipment, with wire numbers, terminal block numbers, and color coding.

5.

Riser diagrams showing conduit requirements with pull boxes, outlet boxes, physical cable layouts, part numbers of cable types used, and number of circuits in each conduit.

6.

Certain other submittals as noted elsewhere in this specification, and as may be required for various equipment items prior to construction, fabrication, or finishing of that item.

B.

All final documentation shall be submitted and approved before final acceptance by the Owner will be granted. Submit the following in accordance with Division 1, General Requirements. The Installer shall provide final documentation in both hard copy and electronic formats. Suitable electronic formats include Microsoft Word, Excel, AutoDesk (.dwg, .dwt), and Adobe

Acrobat (.pdt).

C.

A complete as-installed equipment list, with manufacturers' names, model numbers, serial numbers, and quantities of each item.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 4 of 16

D.

Complete and correct system schematic, showing detailed connections for all parts of the system, including wire numbers, terminal block numbers and layouts, and other designations and codes.

E.

Repair parts lists for each and every major equipment item furnished.

F.

Manufacturer's warranties and operating instructions for each and every equipment item furnished. Include a copy of the certificate of warranty, signed by both parties.

1.11

RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS

A.

All conduits with pull strings, all electrical pull boxes, and all outlet boxes shall be furnished and installed under the electrical section of Division 26. Conduit shall be run continuously from outlet box to outlet box. Conduit stub-outs are not acceptable except as noted. Coordinate as necessary for proper installation.

B.

All 120VAC power panels, power conductors and conduits associated with power circuits to all equipment locations shall be furnished and installed under the electrical section of Division 26. The 120VAC power to the equipment racks shall be terminated inside the racks to electrical contractor-supplied, hospital grade, duplex convenience outlets.

C.

An insulated THW stranded copper ground wire, sized according to NEC, shall be installed under the electrical section of Division 26 from the equipment racks sheet metal to the primary ground point within the building, and terminated at each end to bare metal using approved connectors and clamps.

D.

All built-in millwork and grille cloth shall be furnished under other sections.

E.

Electrical circuits shown in the Sound System drawings are for reference only in depicting the number of electrical circuits needed for operation of these systems.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1

GENERAL

A.

Wire not installed in equipment racks, not portable, or not installed in conduit shall be plenum rated and meet all applicable codes.

B.

Loudspeaker cable shall be 12AWG Stranded rated for outdoor/weatherize use where applicable.

C.

Microphone-level audio cable (installed in conduit, not portable): Stranded

22AWG twisted pair with foil shield.

D.

Line-level audio cable and all inter-rack audio cable: Stranded 22AWG jacketed twisted pair with foil shield.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 5 of 16

E.

General Date Cable: Smartwire 8663610 4 pair 24AWG solid 350MHz Cat5 cable.

F.

Other equipment control cables shall be stranded wire, appropriately shielded, of gauge and number of conductors required by the manufacturer for proper operation of the system or equipment item furnished.

G.

Wire and cable for all other devices shall be supplied in accordance with the recommendations of the device manufacturer and the National Electrical Code.

2.2

JACKS, CONNECTORS, AND WALL PLATES

A.

All plate-mounted connectors shall be ground-insulated from the plates on which they are mounted.

B.

Floor-mounted jacks, unless noted otherwise, shall be installed in floor pockets

(described in this section). The interior plates shall be painted or anodized black.

Nomenclature shall be engraved into the interior plate of each floor box with 1/8" block letters filled with white paint.

C.

For non-standard custom panels, connectors shall be installed on 1/8" thick black anodized brushed aluminum panels. Nomenclature shall be engraved into the panels with 1/8" block letters filled with white paint.

D.

Unless otherwise specified, all jacks and connectors for the Sound Systems shall be as follows, if applicable:

1.

Microphone and line-level input jacks: Neutrik NC3FD-L-1-B 3-pin female XLR panel mount jacks with gold-plated contacts.

2.

Audio output jacks: Neutrik NC3MD-L-1-B 3-pin male XLR panel-mount jacks with gold plated contacts.

3.

Female cable-end audio connectors: Neutrik NC3FX-B 3-pin female XLR connectors with gold-plated contacts.

4.

Male cable-end audio connectors: Neutrik NC3MX-B 3-pin male XLR connectors with gold-plated contacts.

5.

Audio/MP3 Wallplate Interface: Pro Co Sound iPlate.

2.3

POWER AMPLIFIERS

A.

Each power amplifier shall have an input connector which is either a screw-type barrier strip or XLR type. Output connections shall be barrier strip. Other types of connectors shall not be accepted.

B.

All power amplifiers shall have detented stepping input level controls. Install the units in the equipment racks, and connect as indicated in the drawings.

C.

Furnish and install the following in the Main Equipment Rack:

1.

d&b audiotechnik D80 Amplifier (Qty: 4 ea.)

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 6 of 16 a.

The amplifier shall be four channel incorporating digital signal processors

(DSP) to provide loudspeaker specific configurations and functions and dedicated protection circuits. It shall be equipped with digital and analog signal inputs as well as link outputs, remote control and monitoring capabilities via CAN-Bus or Ethernet (OCA). User interface shall be via a

TFT color touch screen in conjunction with a digital rotary encoder and via remote. b.

Four input and input link connector shall be provided while two of the connectors shall be configurable for analog or digital (AES 3) audio signals. c.

Analog inputs shall be electronically balanced with an input impedance of 38 kOhm while the analog link output is linked in parallel to the analog input connector. d.

The digital inputs shall be transformer balanced with an input impedance of 110 ohm while the digital link output shall be electronically balanced providing analog signal buffering (refresh) and power fail relay (Bypass).

Sampling shall be 48 / 96 kHz / 2 Ch/n and Word-Sync: PLL-locked to source (slave mode) synchronization. e.

Signal processing shall utilize 96 kHz sampling rate with 27 Bit ADC / 24 Bit

DAC conversion while the latency shall not exceed 0.3 msec. f.

The output connector options shall be 4 x NL4 or 4 x EP5. A four channel out connector (NL8) shall be provided for loudspeaker multi-core purposes. g.

Output configurations shall be selectable for dual channel, mixed top/sub and 2-way active modes. h.

It shall incorporate two user definable 16-band equalizers for independent application to each channel allowing parametric filters, notch, hi- and lo- shelve filters as well as asymmetric filters. i.

A signal delay capability of up to 10 sec. (3440 m / 11286 ft) shall be incorporated for independent application to each channel. j.

It shall contain a signal generator offering pink noise or sine wave program. k.

Load monitoring and system check functions shall be included to ascertain the status of the loudspeaker impedance. Load monitoring shall allow impedance monitoring to determine the status of an LF or HF driver in systems with multiple elements, even if these are crossed over passively. l.

Input monitoring shall be included to allow detection of incoming pilot signals. m.

Load and input monitoring shall be suitable for use in applications compliant to EN 60849/IEC 60849 ‘Sound Systems for Emergency Purposes’. n.

Compensation for cable length shall be incorporated to improve impulse response.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 7 of 16 o.

A switch mode power supply shall be incorporated and allow automatic mains range selection for use with 220 - 240 V   AC and 100 - 120 V   AC, 50 -

60 Hz mains power supply voltages. Mains voltage monitoring, mains inrush current limiter, self-resetting over-temperature, under- and over-voltage protection shall be incorporated as well as mains current limiting. p.

Power factor compensation (PFC) shall be incorporated to provide a clean and efficient sinusoidal current draw. q.

It shall have temperature and signal controlled fans for cooling the internal assemblies. r.

The power amplifier channels shall have ground fault protection, output pop-noise suppression, DC offset protection, output HF voltage limitation, output current limitation/protection and self-resetting over-temperature protection. s.

The output power shall be: 4 x 2600/2000 W into 4/8 ohms at a crest factor

(CF) of 6 dB, 4 x 4000/2000 W into 4/8 ohms at a crest factor (CF) of 12 dB, all channels driven. t.

Damping factor (20 Hz - 200 Hz into 4 ohms) shall be >100 while the S/N ratio (un-weighted, RMS) shall be >110 dBr (analog input) and >114 dBr

(digital input). u.

The dimensions (HxWxD) shall not exceed 2RU x 19" x 530.5 mm (2RU x 19" x

20.9") and shall weigh no more than 19 kg (42 lb). v.

The amplifier shall be the D80 by d&b audiotechnik or of equal performance specification.

2.

d&b audiotechnik 30D Amplifier (Qty: 2 ea.) a.

The amplifier shall be four channel incorporating digital signal processors

(DSP) to provide loudspeaker specific configurations and functions and dedicated protection circuits. It shall be equipped with digital and analog signal inputs as well as link outputs, remote control and monitoring capabilities via Ethernet (OCA) or CAN-Bus. User interface shall be a Web

Remote interface and via remote control software. b.

Four analog input connectors shall be provided also acting as link output. c.

Two digital input connectors shall be provided, each accepting a 2 channel digital (AES 3) audio signal. d.

Analog inputs shall be electronically balanced with an input impedance of 38 kOhm. e.

The digital inputs shall be transformer balanced with an input impedance of 110 ohm while the digital link output shall be electronically balanced providing analog signal buffering (refresh) and power fail relay (Bypass).

Sampling shall be 48 / 96 kHz / 2 Ch/n and Word-Sync: PLL-locked to source (slave mode) synchronization. f.

Connector type for all audio inputs and link outputs shall be 3-pin Phoenix

Euroblock male (Phoenix MSTB 2, 5 / 3-STZ). g.

Signal processing shall utilize 96 kHz sampling rate with 27 Bit ADC / 24 Bit

DAC conversion while the latency shall not exceed 0.3 msec.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 8 of 16 h.

The output connectors shall be 2 x Phoenix 4-pin Euroblock female

(Phoenix IPC 5/ 4-STF-7, 62). i.

Output configurations shall be selectable for dual channel, mixed top/sub and 2-way active modes. j.

Five GPIO lines shall be provided on a Phoenix 6-pin Euroblock male

(Phoenix MSTB 2,5/ 6-STZ) as digital control lines which can be configured either as an input or output (In/Out) and shall allow either level (Hi/Lo active) or edge (rising/falling) triggering. k.

In addition a FAULT contact shall be provided on a 3-pin Phoenix

Euroblock male (Phoenix MSTB 2, 5 / 3-STZ) to allow a general device error to be remotely indicated. l.

It shall incorporate two user definable 16-band equalizers for independent application to each channel allowing parametric filters, notch, hi- and lo- shelve filters as well as asymmetric filters. m.

A signal delay capability of up to 10 sec. (3440 m / 11286 ft) shall be incorporated for independent application to each channel. n.

It shall contain a signal generator offering pink noise or sine wave program. o.

Load monitoring and System check functions shall be included to ascertain the status of the loudspeaker impedance. Load monitoring shall allow impedance monitoring to determine the status of an LF or HF driver in systems with multiple elements, even if these are crossed over passively. p.

Input monitoring shall be included to allow detection of incoming pilot signals. q.

Compensation for cable length shall be incorporated to improve impulse response. r.

A universal range switched mode power supply shall be incorporated and allow mains range of 100 to 240 V   AC, 50 - 60 Hz mains power supply voltages. Mains voltage monitoring, mains inrush current limiter, selfresetting over-temperature, under- and over-voltage protection shall be incorporated. s.

Power factor compensation (PFC) shall be incorporated to provide a clean and efficient sinusoidal current draw. t.

It shall have temperature and signal controlled fans for cooling the internal assemblies. u.

The power amplifier channels shall have ground fault protection, output pop-noise suppression, DC offset protection, output HF voltage limitation, output current limitation/protection and self-resetting over-temperature protection. v.

The output power shall be 4 x 1000/800 W into 4/8 ohms at a crest factor

(CF) of 6 dB, all channels driven. w.

Damping factor (20 Hz – 200 Hz into 4 ohms) shall be >80 while the S/N ratio (un-weighted, RMS) shall be >104 dBr (analog input) and >106 dBr

(digital input).

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 9 of 16 x.

The dimensions (HxWxD) shall not exceed 2RU x 19" x 435 mm (2RU x 19" x

17.1") and shall weigh no more than 10.6 kg (23.4 lb). y.

The amplifier shall be the 30D by d&b audiotechnik or of equal performance specification.

2.4

MAIN LOUD SPEAKERS

A.

The drawings indicate the loudspeaker positions and angles of orientation.

B.

Speakers shall be mounted securely to the structure, at the positions and angles indicated. Secure any loose hardware to prevent vibration and rattling. Orient each speaker at the location and angles indicated in the drawings. Make minor adjustments as required to provide even sound distribution.

C.

Existing rigging structures limit the total allowable weight of the system, each end array (north/south) shall not exceed 310lbs each and the side array (East/West) shall not exceed 400lbs each and each subwoofer array shall not exceed 613lbs each.

D.

Main array speakers shall have a maximum SPL of 139dB (pink noise with crest factor of 4) and shall not exceed 45lbs and shall maintain horizontal pattern control at 80 and 120 degrees respectively down to 500Hz.

E.

Each subwoofer loudspeaker shall be an actively driven single-cabinet cardioid design with cardioid behavior that is consistent across its entire operating bandwidth, shall have a maximum SPL of 138dB (pink noise crest factor 4), and shall not exceed 235lbs.

F.

Furnish and install the following:

1.

Main Arrays: a.

d&b audiotechnik Yi8 Loudspeaker (Qty: 16 ea.)

1) The 2-way dipolar, passive loudspeaker shall consist of two 8" low frequency drivers with a neodymium magnet assembly and one 1.4" exit neodymium compression driver with a 3" diaphragm mounted to a dedicated wave shaping device and a passive crossover network.

2) The loudspeaker shall only be operated by a dedicated, compatible controller amplifier. The cabinet enclosure shall be made from marine plywood with an impact and weather protected PCP (Polyurea

Cabinet Protection) finish.

3) The drivers shall be protected by a rigid metal grill backed by acoustically transparent foam.

4) The cabinet shall incorporate a three point rigging system for the assembly of vertical line source arrays of up to 24 cabinets in conjunction with a dedicated flying frame.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 10 of 16

5) The cabinet shall incorporate two M10 threaded inserts on the top and bottom panel for the secure attachment of dedicated mounting brackets.

6) The connection panel on the back shall be recessed and fitted with two speakon NL4 sockets and a two pole screw terminal block.

7) A cover plate for protection of the connection panel shall be included.

8) The loudspeaker shall have a nominal horizontal dispersion angle of

80 ° .

9) The vertical dispersion angle of the assembled array shall be determined by the geometry of the splay angles between the cabinets, which shall be adjustable in a range of 0 ° to 14 ° in 1 ° increments.

10) The power handling capacity shall be 400 W RMS and 1600 W peak (10 ms).

11) The frequency response (–5 dB) measured on axis shall be 54 Hz to 19 kHz with a maximum sound pressure of at least 139 dB.

12) The dimensions (W x H x D) shall not exceed 630 x 257 x 375 mm (24.8" x

10" x 14.8") and shall weigh no more than 20.5 kg (45 lb).

13) The loudspeaker shall be the Yi8 by d&b audiotechnik or equal to performance specifications and size/weight constraints. b.

d&b audiotechnik Yi12 Loudspeaker (Qty: 12 ea.)

1) The 2-way dipolar, passive loudspeaker shall consist of two 8" low frequency drivers with a neodymium magnet assembly and one 1.4" exit neodymium compression driver with a 3" diaphragm mounted to a dedicated wave shaping device and a passive crossover network.

2) The loudspeaker shall only be operated by a dedicated, compatible controller amplifier.

3) The cabinet enclosure shall be made from marine plywood with an impact and weather protected PCP (Polyurea Cabinet Protection) finish.

4) The drivers shall be protected by a rigid metal grill backed by acoustically transparent foam.

5) The cabinet shall incorporate a three point rigging system for the assembly of vertical line source arrays of up to 24 cabinets in conjunction with a dedicated flying frame.

6) The cabinet shall incorporate two M10 threaded inserts on the top and bottom panel for the secure attachment of dedicated mounting brackets.

7) The connection panel on the back shall be recessed and fitted with two speakon NL4 sockets and a two pole screw terminal block.

8) A cover plate for protection of the connection panel shall be included.

9) The loudspeaker shall have a nominal horizontal dispersion angle of

120 ° .

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 11 of 16

10) The vertical dispersion angle of the assembled array shall be determined by the geometry of the splay angles between the cabinets, which shall be adjustable in a range of 0 ° to 14 ° in 1 ° increments.

11) The power handling capacity shall be 400 W RMS and 1600 W peak (10 ms).

12) The frequency response (–5 dB) measured on axis shall be 54 Hz to 19 kHz with a maximum sound pressure of at least 139 dB.

13) The dimensions (W x H x D) shall not exceed 630 x 257 x 375 mm (24.8" x

10" x 14.8") and shall weigh no more than 20 kg (44 lb).

14) The loudspeaker shall be the Yi12 by d&b audiotechnik or of equal performance specifications and size/weight constraints. c.

d&b audiotechnik Y Flying Frame (Qty: 4 ea.) or equivalent

2.

Subwoofer Array: a.

d&b audiotechnik J Subwoofer NL8 (Qty: 4 ea.)

1) The loudspeaker shall be an actively driven 2-way bass-reflex design housing three long excursion neodymium 18" drivers, two drivers face to the front while one driver radiates to the rear of the cabinet.

2) Front and rear drivers are driven by separate amplifier channels and operate in independent bass reflex chambers. Through its cardioid dispersion pattern this setup avoids unwanted energy behind the system and greatly reduces the reverberant field at low frequencies providing highest accuracy in low frequency reproduction.

3) The loudspeaker shall only be operated by a dedicated, compatible controller amplifier.

4) The cabinet enclosure shall be made from marine plywood with an impact and weather protected PCP (Polyurea Cabinet Protection) finish.

5) The drivers shall be protected by a rigid metal grill backed by acoustically transparent foam.

6) The cabinet shall incorporate a three point rigging system for the assembly of vertical arrays in conjunction with a dedicated flying frame.

7) The loudspeaker shall allow splay angle settings of 2.5

° between adjacent cabinets.

8) The connection panel on the back shall be recessed and fitted with two speakon NL4 sockets or fixed cable gland as an option.

9) The power handling capacity shall be 800 W RMS and 3200 W peak (10 ms).

10) The frequency response (–5 dB) measured on axis shall be 37 Hz to 100

Hz with a maximum sound pressure of at least 138 dB.

11) The dimensions (W x H x D) shall not exceed 1100 x 540 x 945 mm (43.3” x 21.26” x 37.2”) and shall weigh no more than 106 kg (234 lbs.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 12 of 16

12) The loudspeaker shall be the J-SUB by d&b audiotechnik or of equal performance specifications and size/weight constraints. b.

d&b audiotechnik J Flying Frame (Qty: 2 ea.) or equivalent.

3.

Point Source Loudspeakers: a.

d&b audiotechnik Yi7P Loudspeaker (Qty: 4 ea.)

1) The 2-way dipolar, passive loudspeaker shall consist of two 8" low frequency drivers with a neodymium magnet assembly and one 1.4" exit neodymium compression driver mounted to a rotatable CD horn and a passive crossover network.

2) The loudspeaker shall only be operated by a dedicated, compatible controller amplifier.

3) The cabinet enclosure shall be made from marine plywood with an impact resistant black paint finish.

4) The drivers shall be protected by a rigid metal grill backed by acoustically transparent foam.

5) The cabinet shall incorporate two M10 threaded inserts on the top and bottom panel for the secure attachment of dedicated mounting brackets.

6) The connection panel on the back shall be recessed and fitted with two speakon NL4 sockets and a two-pole screw terminal block.

7) A cover plate for protection of the connection panel shall be included.

8) The HF horn shall have a nominal dispersion of 75 ° x 40 ° (h x v).

9) The power handling capacity shall be 400 W RMS and 1600 W peak (10 ms).

10) The frequency response (–5 dB) measured on axis shall be 59 Hz to 18 kHz with a maximum sound pressure of at least 137 dB.

11) The dimensions (W x H x D) shall not exceed 257 x 580 x 341 mm 10(10" x 22.8" x 13.4") and shall weigh no more than 17 kg (37.5 lb).

12) The loudspeaker shall be the Yi7P by d&b audiotechnik or of equal performance specifications and size/weight constraints. b.

d&b audiotechnik YP Horizontal Bracket (Qty: 4 ea.) or equivalent.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1

INSTALLATION

A.

Furnish components, racks, wire, cabinetry, connectors, materials, parts, equipment and labor necessary for the complete installation of the systems, in full accordance with the recommendations of the equipment manufacturers and the requirements of the drawings and specifications.

B.

Installation shall follow standard broadcast wiring and installation practice, and shall meet or exceed industry standards for such work, with particular attention given to any installation instructions in Part 2 of these Specifications.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 13 of 16

C.

Equipment shall be held firmly in place with proper types of mounting hardware.

All equipment affixed to the building structure must be self-supporting with a safety factor of at least five. All equipment shall be installed so as to provide reasonable safety to the operator and occupants. Supply adequate ventilation for all enclosed equipment items which produce heat.

D.

Furnish the system to facilitate expansion and servicing using modular, solid-state components. All equipment shall be designed and rated for continuous operation and shall be UL listed, or manufactured to UL standards.

E.

Observe proper circuit polarity and loudspeaker wiring polarity. No cables shall be wired with a polarity reversal between connectors with respect to either end.

Special care shall be taken when wiring microphone cables, to insure that constant polarity is maintained. Balanced audio connectors shall be wired as follows:

WIRE CONNECTOR SIGNAL

Black Pin #3 or Ring

Red or White Pin #2 or Tip

Bare

Low or Negative

High or Positive

Pin # 1 or Shield Ground

F.

Provide all audio circuits balanced and floating, except as noted in the

Specifications or directed by the Consultant at the time of final equalization and testing. Shields of audio cables shall be grounded at one end only, at the outputs of the various equipment items in the system.

G.

Route cables and wiring within equipment racks and cabinetry according to function, separating wires of different signal levels (video, microphone level, line level, amplifier output, 120VAC, intercom, control, etc.) by as much physical distance as possible. Neatly arrange and bundle all cables loosely with plastic cable ties. Cables and wires shall be continuous lengths without splices.

H.

All system wire, except spare wire, after being cut and stripped, shall have the wire strands twisted back to their original lay and be terminated by approved soldered or mechanical means. No un-terminated wire ends will be accepted.

Heat-shrink type tubing shall be used to insulate and dress the ends of all wire and cables. Include a separate tube for the ground or drain wire.

I.

All cables in conduits shall be insulated from each other and from the conduit the entire length and shall not be spliced. All cables and wires are to be continuous lengths without splices.

J.

All solder joints and terminations shall be made with resin-core solder.

K.

Temperature regulated soldering irons rated at least 60 watts shall be used for all soldering work. No soldering guns or temperature unregulated irons shall be used on the job site.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 14 of 16

L.

Mechanical connections shall be made using approved connectors of the correct size and type for the connection. Wire nuts will not be accepted.

M.

Each mechanical connector shall be attached using the proper size controlledduty-cycle ratcheting crimp tool which has been approved by the manufacturer of the connectors. Conventional non-ratcheting type crimping tools are unacceptable, and shall not be used on the job site.

N.

Label all wires in racks and console as to destination and purpose with permanent labels. Clearly and permanently label all controls and connections at the front and back of the rack with permanent labels. Wall plates and custom panels shall be engraved and filled with contrasting paint, unless otherwise noted. All labeling shall be completed prior to final system inspection.

O.

Integrate existing OFE mixer and existing OFE audio jacks into new sound system.

3.2

SOUND SYSTEMS FINAL COMMISIONING, TESTING, AND EQUALIZATION

A.

The Installation Contractor shall perform thorough preliminary testing of the Sound

Systems prior to the final inspections by the Architect and Owner’s

Representative. All systems and subsystems shall be tested to ensure that they are in proper working order and meet the performance specifications outlined in Part

3.3 below. Perform preliminary programming and setup of digital signal processors as necessary to conduct these tests.

B.

The completed Sound Systems shall be physically inspected by the Architect and

Owner’s Representative to assure that all equipment is installed in a neat and professional manner, and in accordance with these Specifications.

C.

The Sound Systems shall be equalized by installing contractor in cooperation with a factory authorized representative.

D.

The testing and equalization work shall be performed after the installation work has been completed, but prior to any use of the system. During the testing and equalization work, the Installation Contractor shall have on the job site one (1) competent technician who is familiar with the project, and who will be prepared to stay as long as his services are needed.

E.

The process of equalizing and testing the system may necessitate moving and adjusting certain loudspeakers. Adjustments shall be performed without claim for additional payment.

F.

Coordinate as necessary to ensure a totally quiet area during the Sound Systems testing and balancing period.

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

G.

Prior to requesting systems testing, verify the following:

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 15 of 16

1.

All systems are in first-class working condition and free of short circuits, ground loops, parasitic oscillations, excessive system noise beyond published specifications of the equipment, hum, RF interference, or instability of any form.

2.

All specified equipment, including loose and portable equipment, is on the job site for proper accounting.

3.

All loudspeaker circuits have been tested, are connected to the proper crossover frequency, and are in perfect working order. Furnish impedance measurements of each circuit by facsimile transmission prior to final tests.

4.

All equipment controls are labeled, even if unused. If permanent labels cannot be furnished prior to system inspection, temporarily label every control as to its function with write-on tape. Supply labels or markers suitable for indicating knob settings after equalization is performed.

5.

Operation manuals for every equipment item furnished are on hand at the job site.

6.

Installation Contractor shall provide all signal processing software loaded on a portable PC and ready for use at time of testing.

7.

Installation Contractor shall provide a calibrated . RTA and microphone, and pink noise generator at time of testing.

8.

Installation Contractor shall furnish two two-way radios for use during the time of testing.

H.

Should the performance testing show that the Installation Contractor has not properly completed the systems, the Installation Contractor shall make all necessary corrections or adjustments and a second demonstration shall be arranged at the Installation Contractor's expense.

I.

The final acceptance of the system by the Owner will be based upon the report of the Architect following inspection, testing, and demonstration. A list of items in need of completion or correction shall be prepared by the Architect, which must be corrected by the Installation Contractor before final acceptance will be granted.

3.3

SOUND SYSTEM PERFORMANCE

A.

After equalization and testing, the sound system shall meet or exceed the following specifications:

1.

System shall be free of short circuits, ground loops, parasitic oscillation, excessive system noise, hum, RF interference, and instability of any form.

2.

Maximum SPL with band-limited pink noise input to the system shall be 105dB before audible distortion occurs.

3.

Seat-to-seat variation in SPL at 4kHz octave band pink noise shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 3dB SPL (spoken word system).

BURTON MEMORIAL COLISEUM

UPGRADES & IMPROVEMENTS

LAKE CHARLES, LA

MOSS ARCHITECTS, INC.

AUDIO SYSTEM

SECTION 274100

Page 16 of 16

4.

Acoustic response of the system shall be plus or minus 3dB along a line which is flat from 80 Hz to 4000 Hz and which rolls off at 3dB per octave to 12 kHz.

3.4

OWNER TRAINING AND FAMILIARIZATION

A.

The Installation Contractor shall furnish the Owner's representatives with training necessary to properly operate the systems. Demonstrate in detail all functions of the systems.

END OF SECTION 274100

Related documents
Download